w 
 
 ^^%^, 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 *-iM IIIIM 
 " ^^ IIIIIJl 
 
 III 2.0 
 
 t^ 
 
 1.8 
 
 
 1.25 1.4 16 
 
 
 ■• 6" 
 
 ► 
 
 ^Jf 
 
 ^ 
 
 /}. 
 
 /a 
 
 m. 
 
 c*: 
 
 c*. 
 
 "c^ a^ 
 
 ^% 
 
 <$> 
 
 c"^ > 
 
 ^j^ 
 
 w 
 
 ///. 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, NY 14580 
 
 (716) 873-4503 
 
1^ .^#/ 
 
 t/j 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut canadien de microreproductions historiques 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
 ^^^ 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the best 
 original copy available for filming. Features of this 
 copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checited below. 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 D 
 
 
 
 D 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 I I Covers damaged/ 
 
 Couverture endommag^e 
 
 □ Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture restaurde et/ou pellicul6e 
 
 □ Cover title missing/ 
 Le titre de couverture manque 
 
 I I Coloured maps/ 
 
 Cartes gdographiques en couleur 
 
 Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 Reli6 avec d'autres documents 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 along Interior margin/ 
 
 La reliure serrde peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distortion le long de la marge int^rieure 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within tho text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutdes 
 lors d'une restariration apparaissent dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas 6t6 film^es. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires suppl^mentaires: 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'il lui a 6tA possible de se procurer. Les details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniquos du 
 point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier 
 une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 modification dans la mithode normale de filmage 
 sont indiqu6s ci-dessous. 
 
 D 
 D 
 D 
 
 \y 
 
 a 
 n 
 
 
 
 Coloured pages/ 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommagdes 
 
 Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 Pages restaurdes et/ou pellicul6es 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 Pages d6color6es, tachetdes ou piqudes 
 
 Pages detached/ 
 Pages ddtachdes 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 Transparence 
 
 Quality of print varies/ 
 Qualit^ indgale de I'impression 
 
 Includes supplementary material/ 
 Comprend du materiel suppldmentaire 
 
 I I Only edition available/ 
 
 Seule Edition disponible 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalement ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, 
 etc., ont 6t^ filmdes A nouveau de fapon d 
 obtenir la meiileure image possible. 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 Ce document est filmi au taux de rMuction indiqu6 ci-dessous. 
 
 10X 14X 18X 22X 
 
 26X 
 
 30X 
 
 
 
 
 y 
 
 12X 
 
 16X 
 
 20X 
 
 24X 
 
 28X 
 
 32X 
 
The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 National Library of Canada 
 
 L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grAce d la 
 g4n6rosit6 de: 
 
 ^ibliothdque nationale du Canada 
 
 The images appearing here are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of the original copy and in keeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la netteti de l'exemplaire filmi, et en 
 conformity avec les conditions du contrat de 
 filmage. 
 
 Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or illustrated impression. 
 
 Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est imprimte sont filmis en commenpant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
 derniire page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second 
 plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires 
 originaux sont fiim^s en commengant par la 
 premiere page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par 
 la dernlAre page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 The last recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall ontain the symbol ^^- (meaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or the symbol y (meaning "END";, 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Un des symboles suivants apparaltra sur la 
 dernlAre image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symbols — ► signifie "A SUIVRE ', le 
 symbols y signifie "FIN ". 
 
 Maps, plates, charts, etc.. may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included in one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as many frames as 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc.. peuvent dtre 
 filmis A des taux de rMuction diffdrents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre 
 reproduit en un seul clich6, II est filmd it partir 
 de Tangle sup^rieur gauche, de gauche d droite, 
 et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre 
 d'images ndcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants 
 illustrent la mithode. 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
Silk * Co's (gbutational Sems, 
 
 BOOKS I. AND II. 
 
 OF 
 
 TORONTO : 
 ADAM MILLER & CO., 
 
 1878. 
 
We have added to each hook a numher of blank leaves, 
 which man ^^ convementUj used by Teachers and Sludents 
 desirous of mahbuj oriiiinal notes on the lessons. 
 
 ADAM MILLEIl d- Co. 
 
ilk « €o's (ffburational Btxm. 
 
 BOOKS I. AND II. 
 
 OF 
 
 MILTON'S PARADISE LOST, 
 
 WITH 
 
 WottB on l^e ^nalgsjs, mh on t^t iStriptural 
 anb Ciassital gjillusicns, 
 
 A GLOSSARY OF DIFFICULT WORDS. 
 
 AND A 
 
 LIFE OF MILTON. 
 
 By C. p. mason, B.A., F.C.P., 
 
 FELLOW OF UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LONDON. 
 
 FOURTH EDITION. 
 
 TORONTO : 
 ADAM MILLER & CO., 
 
 1878. 
 

 186105 
 
 Ml ifoH 
 
 Entered according to the Act of Parliament of Canada, in the year one 
 
 tboomnd elfrht hundred and seventy-eight, by Adam Miller & Co., 
 
 In the office of the Minister of Agriculture. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 The favourable reception which the first edition of this 
 little work met with has emboldened me to republish it 
 for the use of candidates at the next Oxford Local Examina- 
 tions. The alterations in the notes will not be found to be 
 ver)' numerous. They consist chiefly in coiTections of the 
 account given of adverbial sentences beginning with a«, in 
 accordance with the view of the matter set forth in the 
 last edition of my English Grammar, and in my " Analysis 
 of Sentences applied to Latin." 
 
 The first book of Milton's " Paradise Lost " is long and 
 difficult. The style is intricate, and it is crowded with 
 allusions to the Scriptures and to classical mythology. 
 It is not a subject that can be hurried over, and those 
 who have to prepare for examination in it will find the 
 advantage of the longer notice of the subjects for ex- 
 amination which has been given by the Oxford Delegacy, 
 
 0. P. MASON. 
 
 Denmark Hill, 
 /m^, 1870. 
 
Dc 
 
 sio 
 aj 
 Fn 
 wa 
 hill 
 hin 
 pas 
 Hit- 
 still 
 of 1 
 sain 
 .)egj 
 136< 
 Feb; 
 Coll 
 had 
 ritie; 
 'lime 
 the '. 
 of w 
 brou, 
 ever, 
 Milt( 
 objec 
 th*' f 
 He t 
 
 (q our 
 
LIFE OF MILTON. 
 
 John Milton was the son of John and Sarah Milton, and was bom 
 Dec. 9, 1608, in Bread-street, where his father carr'ed on the profes- 
 sion of a scrivener. The latter was a man of good family, the son of 
 a yeoman of OxfordHliirc, but had been disinherited on account of his 
 Protestantism. He had been educated at Christchurch, Oxford, ard 
 was besides a man of great musical taste and acquirements. From 
 him Milton inherited that musical taste which in later life proWded 
 him with a solace for Liaiiy weary hours. Milton's early years were 
 passed amid the influences of an orderly and pious Puritan household. 
 His first teacher was a Scotchman, named Thomas Young. While 
 still under his care he was sent to St. Paul's School, the head-master 
 of which was Alexander Gill, who was assisted by his son of the 
 same name. While here, Milton was a hard student, and already 
 .)egan to exert his poetical powers. His versions of the 114th and 
 136th Psalms were composed in his sixteenth year. On the 12th of 
 February, 1524,* Milton was admitted as a lesser pensioner at Christ's 
 College, Cambrii^.ge. With his first tutor, William Chappell, Milton 
 had some variance, which led to the interference of the college autho- 
 rities, in consequence of which Milton was rusticated for a short 
 ♦;ime, but soon returned, and was transferred to the tutorship of 
 ihe Rev. Nathaniel Tovey. There is a statement (the authenticity 
 of which, however, is disputed) that Milton's quarrel with his tutor 
 brought on him the indignity of a whipping. There is nothing, how- 
 ever, to show that this was anything more than a private fracas, 
 Milton's rather haughty and fastidious manners at first made him the 
 object of some dislike; but long before he left college he had won 
 th«> favour and respect of his college, and of the whole university. 
 He took his B.A. degree in January, 1628 (1629), and his M.A. 
 
 * Before 1762 the year was reekoned to begin on the 25th of March. Aocording 
 to our prebent mode of reokoniny th« aboT^ date would be feb. 12, 1639, 
 
LIFE OP MILTON. 
 
 degree in July, 1632. He was at first designed for the Church, and 
 went through the usual course of thoolofncal study ; but he also 
 pursued with groat aHsiduity an independent course of his own. He 
 was especially noted for the excellence of his Latin versifioation. 
 Wliile at college he wrote, in Latin, the first four of his Familiar 
 Epistles ; seven college themes, published in 1 674 under the title of 
 Prolusiones qutrdam Oratoria ; the EUgiarum Liber; and part of 
 the Sylvarum Liber. In English he wrote various minor poems : — 
 1. "On the Death of a Fair Infant." 2. " Part of a Vacation Exer- 
 cise." 3. "On Time." 4. "On the Circumcision." 6. "At a 
 Solemn Music." 6. "On May Morning." 7. "On Shakspere." 
 8. "On the Uriversity Carrier." 9. "Epitaph on the Marchioness 
 of Winchester." 10. " Sonnet on my Twenty-third Birthday." The 
 epitaph on Shakspere was the only one of these compositions which 
 was published during his stay at college. It appeared anonymously 
 among the laudatory verses prefixed to the second folio edition of 
 Shakspere in 1632, and was the first of Milton's productions which 
 appeared in print. 
 
 On leaving college Milton declined both ^he Church and the Bar, 
 and spent the ensuing five years at Horton, in Buckinghamshire, at 
 the residence of his father, who had retired from business with a 
 competent fortune. These years were spent in fruitful study, and 
 occasional literary labours. It was during this period that he wrote 
 *• L' Allegro " and " II Penseroso," " Arcades," " Comus," and " Lyci- 
 das," a monody on the death of Mr. Edward King, who had been 
 his companion at college. 
 
 Milton's mother died in 1637, and soon after he obtained leave and 
 means from his father to make a continental tour, in the course of 
 which he visited Paris and mc^t of the chief cities in Italy, and made 
 acquaintance with Grotius, Galileo, and Manso, the friend and patron 
 of Tasso. He had intended continuing his journey to Greece, but the 
 news which reached him of impending civil commotions in England 
 induced him to return. This Italian journey, and the reputation and 
 praise which he gained in literary circles, greatly stimulated his 
 literary ambition. But his purpose of writing some great English 
 poem was interrupted by the outbreak of the civil war, which diverted 
 hie energies into a totally new channel. Milton was heart and soul 
 a Republican and an Independent, and devoted his genius and energy 
 to the cause of the revolution. For the next twenty years his poetical 
 efforts were relinqnished, and we see him only as the most maaterly 
 polemical prose writ«)T of his age. 
 
LIFE OF MILTON. 
 
 ▼u 
 
 On his rotnm to England, Milton found the houaehold at Horton 
 broken up, and went (in 1G40) to reside in St. Bride's Churchyard, 
 Fleet-street; whence he removed (in 1G41) to a houHC in Aldersgate* 
 btreet, whore ho took some pupils to educate, with his nephews, 
 Edward and John Phillips. In 1641 ho began his political career by 
 a vi^'orouH attack on prelacy, in a treatise entitled, " Of Rufonnation 
 touching Church Discipline in England, and the Causes that hitherto 
 have hindered it." A reply to this was publiHhed by Bishop Hall, 
 who, in his turn, was answered in a work which was the joint pro- 
 diK tioii of five Puritan ministers— Stephen Marshall, Edward Calamy, 
 Tlionias Young, Matthew Newcomen, and William Spurstow, whose 
 joint initials made up the name " Smecitymnuus." This work railed 
 forth a reply from Archbishop Usher, upim which Milton came to the 
 r<;Bi;ue with his pamphlets entitled, " Of Prclatical Episcopacy," and 
 *' The Reason of Church G(*vornmont urged against Prelacy." Other 
 publications of Milton's in this controversy were, "Animadversions 
 upon the Remonstrant's Defence," a.u "The Apology against a 
 Piiiiij.hlet called, • A Modest Confutation of tho Aniiaadversions ujion 
 tiic Remonstrant a;v.aust Smecty;unuus.' " 
 
 In 1643 Milton took a short journey into tho country, in the course 
 of wliich he married Mary, the eldest daughter of Mr. Richard Powell, 
 ox Forest Hill, near Shotover, in Oxfordshire. Mrs. Milton, however, 
 whose mind and tastes were utterly uncongenial to those of her 
 husband, found or fancied her married life unbearable, and having 
 gone homo for a visit, refused to return. Milton accordingly re- 
 pudiated her, and the quarrel led to the publication of his four 
 treatises on divorce, in which ho maintained that moral incompati- 
 bility is as good a gi-ound for divorce as conjugal infidelity. In 1046, 
 however, his wife's family brought about a reconciliation, and she 
 returned to her husband, who had now taken a house in Barbioau, 
 where his aged father was residing with him. It was in 1644 that 
 Milton wrote his " Tractate on Education," and his noble " Areopa- 
 giiica ; or, Speech for the Liberty of Unlicensed Printing," in defence 
 of the freedom of the press. In 1646 he published, in a small volume, 
 the first edition of his minor poems. 
 
 On the capture of Oxford by the Parliamentary army, in 1646, Mrs. 
 Milton's father and his family were driven from home, and took 
 refuge in Milton's house, where, not long after, Mr. i?owell died, 
 ^niton's eldest daughter, Anne, was bom in 1646, and his aged 
 father died soon after. In 1647, the Powells having returned to 
 Uxiurdsl'irc. and the number of his pupils having fallen off, Milton 
 
••• 
 
 vui 
 
 LIFE OF MILTON. 
 
 removed to a smaller house in Holbom, wh ^re he employed himself in 
 study and writing. About this time he produced a portion of his 
 " History of England." 
 
 On the execution of Charles I. (Jan. 30, 1648-9), Milton published, 
 in justification of the act, a short pamphlet, " On the Tenure of Kings 
 and Magistrates." This led to his receiving from the Government 
 the oflFer of the post of Latin or Foreign Secretary, which he accepted^ 
 with a salary of £29C per annum. He now removed to an official 
 residence in the neighbourhood of Whitehall. In the early part of 
 this year he also published " Animadversions on the Articles of Peace 
 between the Earl of Ormond and the Irish Rebels." His next im- 
 portant work was the " Eikonoklastes," written in 1649, in answer to 
 the celebrated " Eikon Basilike." This had scarcely been completed, 
 when Salmasius (Claude do Sauroaise), at the instigation of Charles II., 
 then a refugee in Holland, published his ** Def ensio Begia pro Carolo 
 Frimo ad Carolum Secundum." At the request of the English Council 
 of State, Milton wrote in reply his famous "Pef ensio pro Populo 
 Anglican o contra Claudii anoR.7mi alias Salmasii Defensionem 
 Regiam," which was published in 1650, by order of the Council. 
 The preparation of this work was believed by Milton himself to have 
 hastened the calamitous failure of his sight, of which symptoms had 
 appeared in 1644, and which, by the year 1653, resulted in total 
 blindness, from the affection termed ffutta serena. Notwithstanding 
 his blind;>ess, he continued to fulfil the duties of his office nearly 
 up to the time of the Restoration. During the latter part of this 
 period he was assisted by his friend Andrew Marvel). In 1654, he 
 published his "Defensio Secunda pro Populo Anglicano," in reply 
 to a scurrilous production by Peter Dumoulin, the reputed author 
 of which at the time was Alexander More. Thip waf followed up 
 by his "Authoris pro se Defensio contra Alexandrum Morum 
 Ecclesiastem " (1656), and "Authoris ad Alexandri Mori Supple- 
 mentun-i Defensio" (1655). In addition to these workf he produced 
 in hi£ official capacity between seventy and eighty Latin letters, and 
 a Latic State Paper on the differencco of the Protector with the 
 Spanish Court. His last official letter is dated May 16, 1659. In 
 thife year he wrote two tracts addressed to the Parliament, " A Treatise 
 of Civil Power in Ecclesiastical Causes," and " Considerations touch- 
 ing the likeliest means to remove Hirelings out of the Church," and 
 also a " Letter to a Friend, concerning the Ruptures of the Common- 
 wealth," and ♦' The Ready and Easy Way to eetablish a Free Com- 
 i^uii wealth." Tli«i)« treatisefe wcr« all intended %q stem the reAotioq 
 
LIFE OP MILTON. 
 
 in favour of royalty and high-church principles. On the restoration 
 of Charles II. (1660) Milton was for some time in considerahle danger. 
 His most obnoxious writings wore burnt by the hangman. He was 
 in custody, after the passing of the Act of Indemnity, and is said to 
 have owed his safety to the intercession of Sir William Davcnant, 
 who at an earlier period had been beholden to Milton for his good 
 offices when taken prisoner at sea. 
 
 In November, 1656, Milton had married his second wife, Catherine 
 Woodcock, who died in childbirth, about a year afterwards. In the 
 , early part of 1663 he married his third wife, Elizabeth Minshull. 
 Tlie reltitions of his daughters towards their step-mother were not of 
 the happiest kind, and the two elder in particular were also unkind 
 and undutiful to their father, whom they cheated and robbed. He 
 employed his two younger daughters in writing at his dictation, and 
 reading to him in several languages, without under^.tanding their 
 moaning, a kind of work with which they appear to have become 
 utterly disgusted. All three were at last sent from home to gain 
 their own livelihood. Though no longer in affluent circumstances, 
 Milton still retained enough of the property bequeathed to him by his 
 father to enable him to live, in his frugal way, in tolerable ease and 
 comfort. During the latter part of his life he resided in Artillery 
 Walk. The following are the prose works which belong to the later 
 ptriod of his life. 1. " Accidence commenced Grammar." 2. "The 
 Hist-^y of Britain." 3. " Artis Logicre plenior Institutio." 4. " Of 
 True ileligion, Heresie, Schism, and Toltration." 6. "Epistolarum 
 Familiarum liber unus, quibus accesserunt Prolusiones queedam Ora- 
 torise." 6. "A Brief History of Moscovia." 7. "A Treatise (in 
 Latin) on Christian Doctrine." The publication of this work, in 
 which Milton's Arian creed, was developed, was given up by his 
 friends, on prudential grounds. The manuscript of it was discovered 
 in 1823, in the State Paper Office. In the reading and writing which 
 his literary labours involved, Milton had the help of various voluntary 
 aKsistants, besides his daughters, particularly that of a young Quaker, 
 named Ellwood. 
 
 It was in these later years of blindness, poverty, and affliction, that 
 the genius of Milton reverted to its original bent. With a mind 
 stored with learning, and strengthened and refined by the vast ex- 
 perience of twenty years of active participation in the noble struggle 
 by which freedom was- won ; with a fancy chastened by age and 
 purified by suffering ; and with an imagination unsurpassed in the 
 sublimity of its range, fuid intensified by the yery affliction which 
 
'■1 
 
 S LIFE OF MILTON. 
 
 ont it off from all sources of inspiration but those which it created foi 
 itself, Milton addressed himself to the composition of his immortal 
 poem, "Paradise Lost." This work was finished by 1666, in which 
 year it was shown to Ell wood ; but it was not till April 27th, 1667 
 that it was sold to Samuel Simmons, the publisher, for £5 dowt- 
 with a promise of £o more when 1,300 copies of the first edition 
 should have been sold, £5 more when 1,300 copies of the second 
 edition should have been sold, and so on ; each edition to consist of 
 1,600 copies. It was two years before Milton received the second 
 £5. The second edition was not published till 1674, the year of 
 Milton's death. A third edition was published in 1678, and in 1680 
 Milton's widow sold her interest in the book for £8. In the secocd 
 edition the original ten books were made into twelve, by a division 
 of the seventh and tenth books. 
 
 The poem, "Paradise Regained," was suggested to Milton by a 
 question put to him one day by EUwood. It was published in 1671, 
 together Avith " Samson Agonistes." 
 
 Milton died November 8th, 1674, and was buried in the chancel of 
 St. Giles, Cripplegate. In stature he was somewhat below the average. 
 In his youth he was singularly handsome, with an appearance of 
 almost feminine grace and delicacy. In his old age, in addition to 
 his blindness, he suffered from gout and other infirmities. His wife 
 survived him for forty-five years, and died, at a great age, at Nant- 
 wich. Hie broiher Christopher adhered steadily to the royalist party. 
 He was knighted by James II., and became a judgOt 
 
EXAMPLES OF THE ANALYSIS OF 
 SENTENCES. 
 
 Ik analysing sentences proceed in the following manner : — 
 
 1. Set down the subject of the sentence, which may uonsist (1) of 
 a single substantive, or (2) of two or more substantives imited by 
 co-ordinative conjunctions, or (3) of an infinitive mood, or (4) of a 
 quotation, or (6) of a subordinate substantive clause. 
 
 2. Set down the attributive adjuncts of the subject. These may 
 consist (1) of an adjective or participle (with or without adjuncts of 
 their own), or (2) of a noun (or a substantive clause) in apposition to 
 the subject, or (3) of a substantive (noun or pronoun) in the possessive 
 case, or (4) of a substantive preceded by a preposition (including 
 under this head an infinitive mood preceded by to)^ or (5) of an 
 adjective clause. 
 
 3. Set down the predicate-verb. If the verb is one of incomplete 
 predication, set down the complement of the predicate, and indicate 
 that the verb and its complement make up the entire predicate. 
 
 4. If the predicate be a transitive verb, set down the object of the 
 verb. The object of a verb admits of the same varieties as the subject. 
 If the predicate bo a verb of incomplete predication, followed by an 
 infinitive mood, set down the object of the dependent infinitive. 
 
 6. Set down those words, phrases, or adjective clauses, which are 
 in the attributive relation to the object of the predicate, or to the 
 object of the complement of the predicate, if the latter be a verb in 
 the infinitive mood. 
 
 6. Set down those words, phrases, or adverbial clauses which are 
 in the adverbial relation to the predicate. These adverbial adjuncts 
 may consists (1) of an adverb ; or (2) of a substantive (or verb in the 
 infinitive mood) preceded by a preposition ; or (3) of a noun qualified 
 by an attributive word ; or (4) of a substantive (noun or pronoun) in 
 the objective case, before which to or for may be understood ; or (6) 
 of a nominative absolute ; or (6) of an adverbial clause. 
 
xu 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 7. Set down the adverbial adjuncts of the complement of the pre- 
 dicate. 
 
 8. Analyse the subordinate clauses which enter into the construc- 
 tion of the principal sentence. 
 
 A. " What man that lives, and that knows how to live, would fail 
 to exhibit at the public shows a form as splendid as the proudest 
 there." 
 
 Analytit of A* 
 Hubjedt ' man.' 
 
 il. 'What.* 
 2. Adjective clause, * that lives.' (B.) 
 3. Adjective clause, ♦ that knows Low to 
 Uve.' (0.) 
 Predicate {incomplete), * would fail.' 
 Complement of predicate, ' to exhibit.' 
 Object of the complement, •form.' 
 
 / 1. ' a.' 
 
 Attrib. adjuncts of object, \ 2. * splendid,* qualified by (1) • as (2) 
 
 ' as the proudest there. ' ( [). ) 
 
 Adverbial adjunct of complement of predicate, ' at the public siiows.' 
 
 Subject, * that.' 
 Predicate, * lives.* 
 
 Analysis of B. 
 Analysis of 0. 
 
 Subject, * that.' 
 
 Predicate, ' knows.' 
 
 Object f * to live,' 
 
 Adverbial a^unct of object, * how.' 
 
 Analysis of D. 
 In full : ' As [the form is splendid which] the proudest thero 
 [exhibit].' 
 Subject, * torm.' 
 
 ^ 1. Article, * the.' 
 Attrib. adjuncts of subject, \ 2. A^eetive clause, 'which the proudest 
 
 ' there exhibit.' (E.) 
 
 I Verb of incomplete predication,* IB.' 
 Fredtcate, \ Q^f^pig^^f of predicate, • splendid.' 
 
 Adverbial at{junct of the cornel, ntnt of the ^redicate^ * «#.' 
 
XXAJCPLE8. 
 
 Analytu of JE5, 
 Subjeel, •pergon*' fundewtood). 
 
 I 
 
 1. Artiele, * the: 
 
 Attrib. adjuncu of tubjecU 2. Adjective, 'proudest; 
 
 V 3. A<herb, • there ' lOr. 362»). 
 Predicate, ' exhibit.' ' 
 
 Object, • whioh.' 
 
 m 
 
 " Our habits, costlier than LucuUua wore, 
 And by caprice as multiplied as his, 
 Just please us while the faBhion is at fuU." 
 
 Subjett, * habits/ 
 
 ( 1. ' Our.* 
 Attnb. adjumtt cf ,uiject, j 2. • costlier than LucuUus wore ' (B ) 
 
 Predicate, • please/ ' ^^^ '"^"'' "^ "^^^'^^"^^ ^ ^^•' (^O 
 
 Object, ♦ us/ 
 
 Adverbial ai^unctt of pre- ( '* * J'^^*-' 
 rficai«, J 2. Adverbial clause, ' while Ae fashion is at 
 
 \ full/ (C.) 
 
 Analysis of B. 
 
 An adverbial clause, quaUfying costlier. In full : « Than the habit, 
 were costly which LucuUus wore/ *" 
 
 5«A;(?<?<, ' habits/ 
 
 fl. 'the/ 
 4«r.d.«^«„,^,,/,„iy,,^ J2. ^#,^,V. .&«,,,« which Luoull 
 
 I (E.) 
 
 Predicate, \ ^^^ ^f incomplete predication, « wero.* 
 
 \ ^Of^pl^tnent of predicate, *coati^' 
 Adverbial adjunct of complement of predicate, ' than/ 
 
 us wore» 
 
 5w*/><;^ 'LucuUus/ 
 Predicate, ' wore/ 
 O^M/, * which.* 
 
 Analysis of £. 
 
SIT 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 i ) 
 
 Analy$U of 0. 
 An elliptical adverbial clause co-ordinate with na which qualiflec 
 multiplied. In full : < As his habits were multiplied.' 
 Subject, * habits.' 
 
 Attributive a^'unct of aubject, * his.' 
 _ i Verb of incomplete predication^ * were* 
 
 "'"' ^* ( Complement, * multiplied. 
 
 Adverbial at^tmct of implement, * as.' 
 
 Analysis of D. 
 * While the fashion is at full.' 
 Subject, ' fashion.' 
 Attributive adjunct of subject, * the.' 
 Predicate, * is.' 
 
 Adverbial at^juncts of pre- i 1. * while.* 
 dicatet I 2. 'at full.' 
 
 " Too wen I see, and rue the dire event. 
 That with sad overthrow, and foul defeat. 
 Hath lost us heaven, and all this mighty Lost 
 In horrible destruction laid thus low. 
 As far as gods and heavenly essences 
 Can perish." 
 
 At full length : A. " Too well I see the dire event that^ heaven, 
 
 and that all this ^low, as far as gods and heavenly essences can 
 
 perish [far]." B. " And I rue the dire event," &c. 
 
 Analysis of A, 
 Subject, * I.' 
 Predicate, * see.' 
 Object, ' event.' 
 
 1. *the.' 
 
 2. *dire.' 
 
 3. Adjective clause : 'That with sad — — 
 heaven.' (0.) 
 
 4. Adjective clause : ' That aU this mighty 
 can perish.' (D.) 
 
 Adverbial a^'unet of predicate, ' too well.' 
 
 Analysis of OL 
 Subject, * that.' 
 Predicate, ' hath lost. 
 (%M<, 'heayen.' 
 
 Attributive adjuncts of object. 
 
EXAMFLES. 
 
 XV 
 
 1. * with sad overthrow.' 
 Adverbial a4f'unet$ ofobjeeU j 2. ♦ with foul defeat.' 
 
 8. * U8 ' (•'.*., * for us '). 
 
 Analysit of D. 
 
 I Verb of incomplete predication, ' liath laid.* 
 \ Complement of pvedicate^ 'low.' 
 
 •1.- 
 
 < 2. 'As far as gods and heavenly essences 
 
 Subject, • that.' 
 Predicate, 
 
 Object, * host.* 
 
 / 1. « all/ 
 
 Attributive adjuncts of object, I 2. * this.' 
 
 ( 3. * mighty.* 
 
 - , 1. * In horrible destruction* 
 
 Adverbtal aqfunete of pre 
 
 dicate, , • v . /w \ 
 
 can ponsh. (E.) 
 
 Adverbial at^unct of the complement of the predicate, • thus.' 
 
 Analysis of E. 
 
 " As gods and heavenly essences can f erish [far]." An adverbial 
 rlausey c -ordinate with as which qualifies /ar. 
 Hubject {compound), * gods and essences.' 
 Attributive adjunct of part of subject, * heavenly.' 
 P • .d'pa*e { Verb of incomplete predication, * can/ 
 
 i Complement, * perish/ 
 
 Adverbial adjunct of predicate, 'far' (understood), which is itsell 
 qualified by the relative adverb as. 
 
 The analysis of B is step for step the same as that of A, with tha 
 substitution of rue for tee. 
 
 ' " Blest he, though undistinguished from the crowd 
 By wealth or dignity, who dwells secure, 
 Where man, by nature fierce, has laid aside 
 His fierceness, having learnt, though slow to learn. 
 The manners and the arts of civil life/' 
 
 At full length : A. " Blest is he, though he be undistinguiK^'hed 
 
 from the crowd by wealth, who dwells, &c. life." B. " Blest is 
 
 he, though he be undistinguished from the crowd by dignity, who 
 dwells life." 
 
 Analysis of A. 
 Subject, *h«/ 
 
 Attrib. a^unet of t«i>f, { ^*'''''^^^?' '^^^ ^^^^ ^^ "^^^ 
 
«n 
 
 «XAMPLCS. 
 
 ¥. I 
 
 Predicate {incomplete), * is.' 
 Compktnent of predicate, * blest.* 
 
 Adverbial atj^tmet of pre- t Clause, ' thougfh he be undistinguisha^— ^ 
 dicatet \ wealth.' (D.) 
 
 Analysis of 0. 
 Sttbject, * who.' 
 Predicate, ' dwells.* 
 Complement of predicate, * seoure.' 
 Adverbial a^'unet of pre- ( Adverbial clause, * where man by life.' 
 
 (E.) 
 Analysis of E. 
 
 dicatCf 
 
 ISuhjeU, ' man/ 
 
 / 1. Adjective phrase, • by nature fierce.' 
 Attrib. adjuncts of subject, J 2. Participial phrase, 'having learnt, though 
 
 \ he is slow to learn life.' (f.) 
 
 Predicate, ' has laid.' 
 Object of verb, ' fierceness.* 
 Attributive adjunct of object, * his.* 
 Adverbial a^uncta of pre- ( 1. ' aside.* 
 dicate, \ 2. ' where.* 
 
 Analysis of F. 
 * [Though] he is slow to learn.' 
 Subject, ' he.' 
 
 Predicate {incomplete), * is.* 
 Complement of predicate, * slow.* 
 Adverbial a^unct of complement of predicate, ' to learn.' 
 
 Analysis of D. 
 Subject, * he.* 
 Predicate incomplete, * be.' 
 Complement of predicate, * undistinguished.' 
 Adverbial atyuncts of com- f 1. * from the crowd.* 
 plement ofpredicatCf 12. 'by wealth.' 
 
 Analysis of B. 
 
 The analysis of B is step for step the same as that oi A, with the 
 substitution of dignity for wealth. 
 
 The parsing of a sentence takes cognizance of more mimite parti- 
 culars than the above kind of analysis. A specimen of the mode in 
 which it is to be conducted is given in the Grammar, p. 143. 
 
EXAMPLES. 
 
 XVII 
 
 R 
 
 C, 
 
 D. 
 
 The following is the mvxle in which the preceding sentences would 
 be bracketed and marked, accoitling to the method* set forth in the 
 author's English Grammar, ^ 507. 
 
 A. *' What man (a\. that lives) and (a'a- that knows how to live), 
 would fail to exhibit at the public shows a form as splendid 
 jc". as the proudest there." j 
 
 "Our habits costlier j«". thaut {a"b'. Lucullus wore)j, and by 
 cnpiice as multiplied |c". as his |, just please us Id", while the 
 fashion is at full."] 
 
 " Too well I see, and rue the dire event (a\. that with sad 
 ov(>rthrow and foul defeat hath lost us heaven) and (a'3. [that] all 
 this mighty host in horrible destruction [hath] laid thus low as far 
 ia'ob". as gods and heavenly essences can perish."}) 
 
 "Blest he, \vi". though undistinguished from the crowd by 
 wealth or dignity } [n'. who dwells secure \ ti'o". where man, by 
 nature Herce, has laid aside his fierceness, having learnt {n'o"p'\ 
 though slow to learn) the manners and the arts of civil life." \] 
 
 The following examples will still further illustrate the method : — 
 
 \a"i. "Me though just right, and the fixed laws of heaven, did 
 first create your leader, } I a/'z next free choice, with (a"2b' what 
 besides in counsel, or in fight, hath been achieved of merit) did 
 create your leader, \ yet this loss, thus far at least recovered, hath 
 muc'a more established me in a safe unenvied throne, yielded 
 with full consent." 
 
 " Who here will envy Mm {a\. whom the highest place exposes 
 foremost to stand against the Thunderer's aim your bulwark), 
 and {a\. tvhom the highest place condemns to greatest share of 
 endless pain ?) ib". Where there is then no good {b"c'. for which 
 we need to strive, )j no strife can grow up there from faction; 
 [d'\. for none sure will claim in hell precedence, | {d'V for there 
 is no7ie {d''^e\ whose portion is so small of present pain,) {d'\f\ 
 that with ambitious mind will covet more.")} 
 
 E. 
 
 P. 
 
 to. 
 
 Tho slightly modiftod method adopted in the sixteenth ooltion is her« referred 
 
 i lu full { a", than tho habits {ci'b', which Lucullus wore) wore costly }-. 
 
XTIU 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 1 1 I 
 i I ' 
 
 r ! 
 
 it I 
 
 O. " Let such bethink them | a", if the sleepy drench of that for- 
 getful lake benumb not still, ^ \h^. that in our proper motion we 
 ascend up to our native scat:] [h.^. descent and fall to us is 
 advtiwse."] 
 
 H. "Who was there but (a', who felt of late \a'h'\. when the fierce 
 foe hung on our broken rear insulting, | {a!b'\ and when the fierce 
 foe pursued us through the deep, } [a'c. with what compulsion 
 and laborious flight we sunk thus low ? "]) 
 
 L "What can be worse ia". than to dwell here, driven out from 
 bliss, condemned in this abhorred deep to utter woe, (a!'h'. where 
 pain of unextinguishable fire must exercise us without hope of 
 end, the vassals of his anger, \a"h'c". when the scotirge inexorable 
 and the torturing hour calls us to penance ?"]) j . 
 
 K. ** I should be much for open war, peers, |a". as / am not 
 behind in hate, | { h'\. if (h"c' wh.at was urgcsd main reason to 
 persuade immediate war) did not dissuade me most, | and ih"<i. ij 
 (h",ic'. wJuit was urged main reason to persuade immediate war) 
 did not seem to cast ominous conjecture on the whole success, 
 ^2'd''' when he (h'\d"e'. who most excels in feats of arms) in 
 {h"./l"/'. what he counsels) and in that iji"-id"g'. in which he excels, ) 
 mistrustful grounds his courage on despair and utter dissolution 
 {J)'\d"k'. as lie would ground his courage an the scope of all his 
 aim, after some dire revenge.")] } 
 
 In the fullowiiig example, which contains several principal sen- 
 tences, the subordinate clauses of each are distinguished from those of 
 the others by having the signature of the complete sentence prefixed 
 to that of each subordinate clause. 
 
 A, ** There is a place [Aa". if ancient and prophetic fame in heaven 
 err not, } another world, the hapjiy seat of some new race, called 
 Man, about this time to be created, like to us, iAb". though less 
 in power and excellence | , but favoured more of him {A c'. who 
 rules above). B. So was his will pronounced among the gods ; 
 C. and by an oath {Ca'. that shook heaven's whole circum- 
 ference) confirmed. D. Thither let us bend all our thoughts, to 
 learn [Z)6,. f^at creatures there inhabit], [Dh^. of what mould] 
 or [Db^. substance,] [Db^. how eudued] and iDb^^ what their 
 power."] 
 
PAEADISE LOST. 
 
 BOOK I. 
 
 Of Man*8 first disobedience, and the fruit 
 Of that forbidden tree, whose mortal taste 
 Brought death into the world, and all our woe. 
 With loss of Eden, till one greater man 
 Restore us, and regain the blissful seat, 
 Sing, heavenly muse, that on the secret top 
 Of Oreb, or of Sinai, didst inspire 
 That Shepherd who first taught the chosen seed, 
 In the beginning how the heavens and earth 
 Bose out of chaos : or if Sion's hill 
 Delight thee more, and Siloa's brook that flow'd 
 Fast by the oracle of God, I thence 
 Invoke thy aid to my adventurous song. 
 That with no middle flight intends to soar 
 Above the Aonian mount, while it pursues 
 Things unattempted yet in prose or rhyme. 
 And chiefly thou, O Spirit, that dost prefer 
 Before all temples the upright heart and pure. 
 Instruct me, for thou know'st ; thou from the first 
 Wast present, and, with mighty wings outspread, 
 Dove-like sat'st brooding cr ^h(^ vast abyss. 
 And madest it pregnant : what in me is dark, 
 Illimiine : what is low, raise and support ; 
 That to the height of this great argument 
 I may assert eternal Providence, 
 
 10 
 
 15 
 
 20 
 
 36 
 
1$ 
 
 PARADISE LOSXi 
 
 [BOOK I. 
 
 And justify the ways of God to men. 
 
 Say first — for Heaven hides Quining from thy view, 
 Nor the deep tract of hoU— 8ay first what cause 
 Moved our ^raud parunts, in that happy state, 
 Fuvour'd of Heaven so highly to fall off 
 From their Creator, and transgress his will 
 For one restraint, lords of the world hesides. 
 Who first seduced them to that foul revolt P 
 The infernal serpent ; he it was, whose guile, 
 Stirr'd up with envy and revenge, deceived 
 The mother of mankind, what time his pride 
 Had cast him out from heaven, with all his host 
 Of rebel angels ; by whose aid aspiring 
 To set himself in glory above his peers, 
 He trusted to have equalled the Most H'erli, 
 If he opposed ; and with ambitious aim 
 Against the throne and monarchy of God, 
 Eaised impious war in heaven, and battle proud. 
 With vain attempt. Hun the Almighty Power 
 Hurl'd headlong flaming from the ethereal sky. 
 With hideous ruin and combustion dowu 
 To bottomless perdition, there to dwell 
 In adamantine chains and penal fire. 
 Who durst defy the Omnipotent to arms. 
 Nine times the space that measures day and night 
 To mortal men, he with his horrid crew 
 Lay vanquish'd rolling in the fiery gulf, 
 Confounded, though immortal : but his doom 
 Reserved him to ^ lore wrath ; for now the thought 
 Both of lost happiness and lasting pain 
 Torments him : round he throws his baleful eyoa, 
 ^That witness'd huge aflQiction and dismay, 
 Mix'd with obdurate pride ami stedfast hate. 
 At once as far as angels ken he views 
 The dismal situation waste and wild ; 
 A dungeon horrible on all sides round 
 
 80 
 
 S5 
 
 ^0 
 
 ^ 
 
 60 
 
 55 
 
 60 
 
 I'i : 
 
 l^'i 
 
BOOK T.] 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 In 
 
 Afl one great furnace flamed ; yet from those flames 
 
 No light ; but rather darknons visible 
 
 Served only to discover sights of woe, 
 
 Regions of sorrow, doleful shades, where peace Cft 
 
 And rest can never dwell, hope never comes, 
 
 That comes to all, but torture without end 
 
 Still urges, and a fiery deluge, fed 
 
 With ever-burning sulphur unconsumed. 
 
 Such place eternal Justice had prepared 70 
 
 For those rebellious : here their prison ordain*d 
 
 In utter darkness, and their portion set 
 
 As far removed from God and light of hearen, 
 
 As from the centre thrice to the utmost po!r 
 
 0, how unlike the place from wrumcr I'ley ill 75 
 
 There the companions of his fall, o'erwhehnod 
 
 With floods and whirlwinds ot ten iju'stuous fire, 
 
 He soon discerns; and weltering fy his side 
 
 One next himself in power, and next in crime, 
 
 .\ong after known in Palestine, and named 80 
 
 Beelzebub. To whom the arch-enemy. 
 
 And thence in heaven call'd Satan, with bold words 
 
 Breaking the horrid silence, thus began : 
 
 •• If thou beest he ; but O, how fall'n ! how changed 
 From him who in the happy realms of light, 85 
 
 Clothed with transcendent jrightnoss, didst outshine 
 Myiiads though bright I If he, whom mutual league, 
 United thoughts and counsels, equal hope 
 And hazard in the glorious enterprise, 
 
 Join'd with me once, now misery hath join'd 00 
 
 In equal ruin : into what pit thou seest. 
 From what height fall'n, so much the stronger proved 
 He with his thunder : and till then who knew 
 The force of those dire arms ? Yet not for those, 
 Nor what the potent Victor in his rage 05 
 
 Can else inflict, do I repent or change. 
 Though changed in outward lustre, that fix'd mind, 
 
PABADISB LOST. 
 
 [book L 
 
 !i:i| 
 
 And high disdain from sense of injured merit, 
 That with the Mightiest raised me to contend, 
 And to the fierce contention brought along 100 
 
 Innumerable force of spirits arm'd 
 That durst dislike his reign, and, me preferring, 
 His utmost power with adverse power opposed 
 In dubious battle on the plains of heaven, 
 And shook his throne. What though the field be lost ? 105 
 All is not lost ; the unconquerable will, 
 And study of revenge, immortal hate, 
 And courage never to submit or yield. 
 And what is else not to be overcome : 
 
 That glory never shall his wrath or might 110 
 
 Extort from me. To bow and sue for grace 
 With suppliant knee, and deify his power 
 Who from the terror of this arm so late 
 Doubted his empire, that were low indeed, 
 That were an ignominy and shame beneath 115 
 
 This downfall : since by fate the strength of gods 
 And this empyreal substance cannot fail, 
 Since through experience of this great even ; 
 In arms not worse, in foresight much advanced, 
 We may with more successful hope resolve 120 
 
 To wage by force or guile eternal war, 
 Irreconcilable to our grand foe. 
 Who now triumphs, and, in the excess of joy 
 Sole reigning, holds the tyranny of heaven." 
 So spake the apostate angel, though in pain, 125 
 
 Vaunting aloud, but rack'd with deep despair : 
 And him thus answered soon his bold compeer : 
 ' ' O prince, chief of many throned powers. 
 That led the embattled seraphim to war 
 
 Under thy conduct, and in dreadful deeds 130 
 
 Fearless endanger'd heaven's perpetual King, 
 And put to proof his high supremacy. 
 Whether upheld by strength, or chance, or &te ; 
 
 I 
 
[book l 
 
 100 
 
 ? 105 
 
 no 
 
 lift 
 
 120 
 
 125 
 
 130 
 
 BOOK I.J 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Too well I see, and rue the dire event, 
 
 That with sad overthrow, and foul defeat, 
 
 TIath lost us heaven, and all this mighty host 
 
 In horrible destruction laid thus low, 
 
 As far as gods and heavenly essences 
 
 Can perish : for the mind and spirit remain 
 
 Invincible, and vigour soon returns. 
 
 Though all our glory extinct, and happy state 
 
 Here swallowed up in endless misery. 
 
 But what if he our Conqueror (whom I now 
 
 Of force believe almighty, since no less 
 
 Than such could have o'erpower'd such force as ours,) 
 
 Have left us this our spirit and strength entire 
 
 Strongly to suffer and support our pains. 
 
 That we may so suffice his vengeful ire. 
 
 Or do him mightier service as his thralls 
 
 By right of war, whate'er his business be, 
 
 Hero in the heart of hell to work in fire, 
 
 Or do his errands in the gloomy deep ? 
 
 What can it then avail, though yet we feel 
 
 Strength undiminish'd, or eternal being 
 
 To undergo eternal punishment ?" 
 
 Whereto with speedy words the arch-fiend replied : 
 
 " Fall'n cherub, to be weak is miserable 
 Doing or sufiering ; but of this be sure. 
 To do aught good uever will be our task, 
 But ever to do ill our sole delight, 
 As being the contrary to his high will 
 Whom we resist. If then his providence 
 Out of our evil seek to bring forth good. 
 Our labour must be to pervert that end, 
 And out of good still to find means of evil, 
 Which ofttimes may succeed, so as perhaps 
 Shall grieve him, if I fail not, and disturb 
 His inmost counsels from their destined aim. 
 But see ! the angry Victor hath recall'd 
 
 91 
 
 135 
 
 140 
 
 145 
 
 160 
 
 155 
 
 160 
 
 165 
 
22 
 
 fARADIRE LOST. 
 
 His ministers of vengeance and pursuit 
 
 Back to the gates of heaven : the sulphurous hail, 
 
 Shot after us in storm, o"er blown, hath laid 
 
 The fiery surge, that from the precipice 
 
 Of lioaven received us falling ; and the thunder, 
 
 Wing'd with red lightning and impetuous rage, 
 
 Perhaps hath spent his shafts, and ceases now 
 
 To bellow through the vast and boundless deep. 
 
 Let us not slip the occasion, whether scorn 
 
 Or satiate fury yield it from our foe. 
 
 Seest thou yon dreary plain, forlorn and wild. 
 
 The seat of desolation, void of light, 
 
 Save what the glimmering of these livid flames 
 
 Oasts pale and dreadful ? Thither let us tend 
 
 From off the tossing of these fiery waves ; 
 
 There rest, if any rest can harbour there ; 
 
 And, re-assembling our afflicted powers. 
 
 Consult how wo may henceforth most offend 
 
 Our enemy ; our own loss how repair ; 
 
 How overcome this dire calamity ; 
 
 What reinforcement we may gain from hope ; 
 
 If not, what resolution from despair." 
 
 Thus Satan talking to his nearest mate, 
 With head uplift above the wave, and eyes 
 That sparkling blazed : his other i)jirt8 besides, 
 Prone on the flood extended long and large. 
 Lay floating many a rood ; in bulk as huge 
 As whom the fables name of monstrous size, 
 Titanian, or Earth-born, that warr'd on Jove; 
 Briarous, or Typhon, whom the don 
 By ancient Tarsus hold ; or that sea-beast 
 Leviathan, which God of all his works 
 Created hugest that swim the ocean stream : 
 Him, haply slumbering on the Norway foam, 
 The pilot of some small night-founder'd skiff 
 Deemmg some island, oft, as seamen tell, 
 
 [book I. 
 170 
 
 175 
 
 180 
 
 186 
 
 100 
 
 19d 
 
 200 
 
 205 
 
 _:iA. 
 
BOOK I.] 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 23 
 
 With fixed anchor in his scaly rind 
 
 Moors by his side under the lee, while night 
 
 Invests the sea, and wished morn delays : 
 
 So streteh'd out huge in length the arch-fiend lay, 
 
 Chain'd on the burning lake : nor over thenoc 210 
 
 Had risen or heaved his head, but that the will 
 
 And high permission of all-iuling Heaven 
 
 Left him at large to his own dark designs ; 
 
 That with reiterated crimes he might 
 
 Heap on himself damnation, while he sought 215 
 
 l"]vil to others ; and, enraged, might see 
 
 How all his malice served but to bring forth 
 
 Infinite goodness, grace, and mercy, shown 
 
 On man by him seduced ; but on himself 
 
 Treble confusio> erath, and vengeance pour'd. 220 
 
 Forthwith uprigi^o he rears from off the pool 
 
 His mighty stature ; on each hand the flames. 
 
 Driven backward, slope their pointing spires, and roU'd 
 
 In billows, leave in the midst a horrid vale. 
 
 Then with expanded wings he steers his flight 225 
 
 Aloft, incumbent on the dusky air. 
 
 That felt unusual weight ; till on dry land 
 
 He lights, if it were land that ever burn'd 
 
 With solid, as the lake with liquid fire : 
 
 And such appear'd in hue, as when the force 230 
 
 Of subterranean wind transports a hill 
 
 Torn from Pelorus, or the shattered side 
 
 Of thundering JEtna, whose combustible 
 
 And fuell'd entrails thence conceiving fire, 
 
 Sublimed with mineral fury, aid the winds, 235 
 
 And leave a singed bottom all involved 
 
 With stench and smoke : such resting found the sole 
 
 Of unblest feet. Him follow'd his next mate ; 
 
 Both glorying to have 'scaped the Stygian flood 
 
 As gods, and by their own recovered strength, 240 
 
 Not by the sufierance of supernal power. 
 
24 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [book I. 
 
 » 
 
 " Is this the region, this the soil, the clime,' 
 Said then the lost archangel, " this the seat 
 That we must change for heaven ; this mournful gloom 
 For that celestial light ? Be it so, since he, 245 
 
 Who now is Sovereign, can dispose and bid 
 What shall be right ; farthest from him is best. 
 Whom reason hath equall'd, force hath made supreme 
 Above his equals. Farewell, happy fields, 
 Where joy for ever dwells ! Hail horrors ! hail 250 
 
 Infernal world I and thou profoundest hell, 
 Eeceive thy new possessor ; one who brings 
 A mind not to be changed by place or time : 
 The mind is its own place, and in itself 
 
 Can make a heaven of hell, a hell of heaven, 255- 
 
 What matter where, if I be still the same. 
 And what I should be — all but less than he 
 Whom thunder hath made greater ? Here at least 
 We shall be free ; the Almighty hath not built 
 Here for his envy, will not drive us hence : 2G0 
 
 Here we may reign secure, and, in my choice, 
 To reign is worth ambition, though in hell : 
 Better to reign in hell than serve in heaven. 
 But wherefore let we then our faithful friends, 
 The associates and copartners of our loss, 2G6 
 
 Tiie thus astonish'd in the oblivious pool, 
 And call them not to share with us their part 
 In this unhappy mansion ; or once more 
 With rallied arms to try what may be yet 
 Regain'd in heaven, or what more lost in hell ?'* 270 
 
 So Satan spake, and him Beelzebub 
 Thus answer'd : '* Leader of those armies bright. 
 Which but the Omnipotent none could have foil'd, 
 If once they hear that voice, their liveliest pledge 
 Of hope in fears and dangers, heard so oft 276 
 
 In worst extremes, and on the perilous edge 
 Of battle when it raged, in all assaults 
 
BOOK I.^ 
 
 iPAAADtSE LOST. 
 
 2S 
 
 Their surest signal, they will Boon resume 
 
 Now courage and revive ; though now they lie 
 
 Grovelling and prostrate on yon lake of fire, 280 
 
 As we erewhile, astounded and amazed ; 
 
 No wonder, fall'n such a pernicious height." 
 
 He scarce had ceased when the superior fiend 
 
 Was moving toward the shore : his ponderous shield, 
 
 Ethereal temper, massy large, and round, 285 
 
 Behind him cast : the broad circumference 
 
 Huug on his shoulders like the moon, whoso orb 
 
 Through optic glass the Tuscan artist views 
 
 At evening from the top of Fesole, 
 
 Or in Valdarno, to descry new lands, 290 
 
 Rivers, or mountains, in her spotty globe. 
 
 His spear, to equal which the tallest pine 
 
 Hewn on Norwegian hills, to be the mast 
 
 Of some great ammiral, were but a wand, 
 
 He walk'd with, to support uneasy steps 493 
 
 Over the burning marie, not like those steps 
 
 On heaven's azure ; and the torrid clime 
 
 Smote on him sore besides, vaulted with fire : 
 
 Nathless he so endured, till on the beach 
 
 Of that inflamed sea he stood, and call'd 300 
 
 His legions, angel forms, who lay entranced 
 
 Thick as autumnal leaves that strew the brooks 
 
 In Vallombrosa, where the Etrurian shades, 
 
 High over-arch'd, embower ; or scatter'd sedge 
 
 Afloat, when with fierce winds Orion arm'd 305 
 
 Hath vex'd the Red Sea coast, whose waves o'ertlirow 
 
 Busiris and his Memphian chivalry, 
 
 While with pei-fidious hatred they pursued 
 
 The sojourners of Goshen, who beheld 
 
 From the safe shore their floating carcases 310 
 
 And broken chariot- wheels : so thick bestrewn, 
 
 Abject and lost lay these, covering the flood, 
 
 Under amazement of their hideous change. 
 
2B 
 
 PAKADTSE LOST. 
 
 I 
 
 I!' 
 
 He call'd so loud, that all the hollow deep 
 
 Of hell resounded. "Princes, potentates, 
 
 Warriors, the flower of heaven, once yours, now lost, 
 
 If such astonishment as this can seize 
 
 Eternal spirits ; or have ye chosen this place 
 
 After the toil of battle to repose 
 
 Your wearied virtue, for th«) i aso you find 
 
 To slumber here, as in the vales of heaven? 
 
 Or in this abject posture have ye sworn 
 
 To adore the Conqueror, who now beholds 
 
 Cherub and seraph rolling in the flood 
 
 With scatter'd arms and ensigns, till anon 
 
 His swift pursuers from heaven-gates discern 
 
 The advantage, and descending, tread us down 
 
 Thus drooping, or with linked thunderbolts 
 
 Transfix us to the bottom of this gulf ? 
 
 Awake, arise, or be for ever fall'n." 
 
 They heard, and were abashed, and up they sprung 
 Upon the wing ; as when men wont to watch 
 On duty, sleeping found by whom they dread, 
 Bouse and bestir themselves ere well awake. 
 Nor did they not perceive the evil plight 
 In which they were, or the fierce pains not feel ; 
 Yet to their general's voice they soon obey'd, 
 Innumerable. As when the potent rod 
 Of Amram's son, in Egypt's evil day, 
 Waved round the coast, up call'd a pitchy cloud 
 Of locusts, warping on the eastern wind. 
 That o'er the realm of impious Pharaoh hung 
 Like night, and darken'd all the land of Nile : 
 So numberless were those bad angels seen 
 Hovering on wing under the cope of hell. 
 'Twixt upper, nether, and surrounding lires ; 
 Till at a signal given, Iho uplifted opear 
 Of their great ■- -^v.ing to direct 
 
 Their courpr- ' , ? »ri ;>: -ice down they light 
 
 [book L 
 
 315 
 
 320 
 
 325 
 
 330 
 
 335 
 
 340 
 
 345 
 
 B< 
 
 
 A 
 
 Ci 
 ]3( 
 F( 
 Tl 
 Tl 
 Ej 
 
BOOK I.J 
 
 PARADISE LOST, 
 
 87 
 
 Ou the firm brimstone, and fill all the plain ; 350 
 
 A multitude like which the populous north 
 
 Pour'd never from her frozen loins, to puss 
 
 Ehene or the Danaw, when her barbarous sons 
 
 Came like a deluge on the south, and spread 
 
 Beneath Gibraltar to the Libyan sands. 353 
 
 Forthwith from every squadron and each band 
 
 The heads and leaders thither haste where stood 
 
 Their great commander ; godlike shapes and forms 
 
 Excelling human, princely dignities, 
 
 And powers that erst in heaven sat on thrones, 3G0 
 
 Though of their names in heavenly records now 
 
 Be no memorial, blotted out and rased 
 
 By their rebellion from the books of life. 
 
 Nor had they yet among the sons of Eve 
 
 Got them new names ; till, wandering o'er the earth, 3G5 
 
 Through God's high sufferance for the trial of man, 
 
 By falsities and lies the greatest part 
 
 Of mankind tiiey corrupted to forsake 
 
 God their Creator, and the invisible 
 
 Glory of him that made them to transform 370 
 
 Oft to the image of a brute adorn'd 
 
 With gay religions, full of pomp and gold. 
 
 And devils to adore for deities : 
 
 Then were they known to men by various names, 
 
 And various idols through the heathen world. 375 
 
 Say, muse, their names then known, who first, who last 
 Roused from the slumber on that fiery couch. 
 At their great emperor's call, as next in worth 
 Came singly where he stood on the bare strand. 
 While the promiscuous crowd stood yet aloof. 380 
 
 The chief were those who from the pit of hell. 
 Roaming to seek their prey on earth, durst fix 
 Their seats long after next the seat of God, 
 Their altars by his altar, gods adored 
 ^mong the nations round, and dui'st abide 995 
 
28 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [boos L 
 
 Jehovah thundering out of Sion, throned 
 
 Between the cherubim ; yea, often placed 
 
 Within his sanctuary itself their shrines, 
 
 Abominations ; and with cursed things 
 
 His holy rites and solemn feasts profaned, 390 
 
 And with their darkness durst affront his light. 
 
 First Moloch, horrid king, besmeared with blood 
 
 Of human sacrifice, and parents' tears ; 
 
 Though for the noise of drums and timbrels loud 
 
 Their children's cries unheard, that passed through fire d05 
 
 To his grim idol. Him the Ammonite 
 
 Worshipp'd in Rabba and her watery plain, 
 
 In Argob and in Bashan, to the stream 
 
 Of utmost Arnon. Nor content with such 
 
 Audacious neighbourhood, the wisest heart 400 
 
 Of Solomon he led by fraud to build 
 
 His temple right against the temple of God 
 
 On that opprobrious hill ; and made his grove 
 
 The pleasant valley of Hinnom, Tophet thence 
 
 And black Gehenna call'd, the type of hell. 405 
 
 Next Chemos, the obscene dread of Moab's sons, 
 
 From Aroer to Nebo, and the wild 
 
 Of southmost Abaiim ; in Hesebon 
 
 And Horonaim, Seon's realm, beyond 
 
 The flowery dale of Sibma clad with vines, 410 
 
 And Eleale to the asphaltic pool, 
 
 Peer his other name, when he enticed 
 
 Israel in Sittim, on their march from Nile, 
 
 To do him wanton rites, which cost them wr<e. 
 
 Yet thence his lustful orgies he enlarged 415 
 
 Even to that hill of scandal, by the grove 
 
 Of Moloch homicide ; lust hard by hate ; 
 
 Till good Josiah drove them thence to hell. 
 
 With these came they, who, from the bordering flood 
 
 Of old Euphrates to the brook ttiat parts 120 
 
 Egypt from Syrian ground, had genond uamos 
 
BOOK L 
 
 BOOK T.] 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 29 
 
 390 
 
 3^5 
 
 400 
 
 405 
 
 410 
 
 415 
 
 420 
 
 Of liaalira and Ashtaroth ; those male, 
 
 These feminine : for spirits, when they please, 
 
 Can either sex assume, or both ; so soft 
 
 And uncompounded is their essence pure ; 425 
 
 Not tied or manacled with joint or limb. 
 
 Nor founded on the brittle strength of bones, 
 
 Like cumbrous flesh ; but, in what shape they choose, 
 
 Dilated or condensed, bright or obscure, 
 
 Can execute their aery purposes, 4oO 
 
 And works of loye or enmity fulfil. 
 
 For those the race of Israel oft forsook 
 
 Their living strength, and unfrequented left 
 
 His righteous altar, bowing lowly down 
 
 To bestial go<ls I for which their heads as low 435 
 
 Bow'd down in battle, sunk before the spear 
 
 Of despicable foes. With these in troop 
 
 Came Astoreth, whom the Phoenicians call'd 
 
 Astarte, queen of heaven, with crescent horns ; 
 
 To whose bright image nightly by the moon 440 
 
 Sidonian virgins paid their vows and songs ; 
 
 In Sion also not unsung, where stood 
 
 Her temple on the ofltensive mountain, built 
 
 By that uxorious king, whose heart, though large, 
 
 Beguiled by fair idolatresses, fell 445 
 
 To idols foul. Thammuz came next behind, 
 
 Whose annual wound in Lebanon allured 
 
 The Syrian damsels to lament his fate 
 
 In amorous ditties all a summer's day ; 
 
 While smooth Adonis from his native rock 450 
 
 Ean purple to the sea, supposed with blood 
 
 Of Thammuz yearly wounded ; the love-tale 
 
 Infected Sion's daughters with like heat ; 
 
 Whoso wanton passions in the sacred porch 
 
 Ezekiel saw when, by the vision led, 455 
 
 His eye survey'd the dark idolatries 
 
 Of alienated Judah. Next came one 
 
so 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [BOOK I. 
 
 JKX^ 
 
 " Mil 
 
 Who mourn'd in earnest, when the captive ark 
 
 Maim'd his brute image, head and hands hipp'd off 
 
 In his own temple, on the grunsol edge. 
 
 Where he fell flat, and shamed his worshippers : 
 
 Dagon his name, sea-monster, ui)Wiird man 
 
 And downward fish : yet had his temple high 
 
 Rear'd in Azotus, dreaded through the coast 
 
 Of Palestine, in Gath and Ascalou, 
 
 And Accaron and Gaza's frontier bounds. 
 
 Him followed Eimmon, whose delightful seat 
 
 Was fair Damascus, on the fertile banks 
 
 Of Abbana and Pharphar, lucid streams. 
 
 He also against the house of God was bold : 
 
 A leper once he lost, and gain'd a king, 
 
 Ahaz his sottish conqueror, whom ho drew 
 
 (jod's altar to disparage and displace 
 
 For one of Syrian mode, whereon to bum 
 
 His odious offerings, and adore the gods 
 
 Whom ho had vanquish' d. After these appear'd 
 
 A crew, who under names of old renown, 
 
 Osiris, Isis, Orus, and their train, 
 
 With monstrous shapes and sorceries abused 
 
 Fanatic Egypt and her priests, to seek 
 
 Their wandering gods disguised in brutish forms 
 
 Rather than human. Nor did Israel 'scape 
 
 The infection, when their borrow'd gold composed 
 
 The calf in Orob ; and the rebel king 
 
 Doubled that sin in Bethel and in Dan, 
 
 fiikening his Maker to the grazed ox ; 
 
 Jehovah, who in one night, when he pass'd 
 
 From Egypt marching, equall'd with ono stroke 
 
 Both her firstborn and all her bleating gods. 
 
 Belial came last, than whom a spirit more lewd 
 
 Fell not from heaven, or more gross to love 
 
 Vice for itself: to him no temple stood. 
 
 Or altar smoked; yet who more oft than ho 
 
 460 
 
 465 
 
 470 
 
 175 
 
 480 
 
 485 
 
 4UQ 
 
iOOK I. 
 
 470 
 
 475 
 
 480 
 
 485 
 
 4UQ 
 
 BOOK 1.] 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 In teDi}jI'jt- uud at altur&i, wiiou Um piiubl 
 Turns atheist, as did Eli's sons, who fill'd 
 With lust and violence the house of God : 
 In courts and paluc<;s lie also reigns, 
 And in luxurious cities, where the noise 
 Of riot ascends above their loftiest towers, 
 And injury and outrage ; and when night 
 Darkens the streets, then wander forth the sous 
 Of Belial, flown with insolence and wine. 
 Witness the streets of Sodom, and that night 
 In Gibeah, when the hospitable door 
 Exposed a matron, to avoid worse rape. 
 These were the prime in order and in might : 
 The rest were long to tell, though far renown'd 
 The Ionian gods, of Javan's issue ; held 
 Gods, yet confess'd later than heaven and earth, 
 Their boasted parents ; Titan, hoaveii's liistborn, 
 With his enormous brood, and birthi-iglit seized 
 By younger Saturn ; he from mightier Jove, 
 His own and llhea's son, like measui'e found ; 
 So Jove usurping reigned : these first in Crete 
 And Ida known, thence on the snowy top 
 Of cold Olympus, ruled the middle air 
 Their highest heaven ; or on the Delphian cliff, 
 Or in Dodona, and through all the bounds 
 Of Doric land : or who with Saturn old 
 Eled over Adiia to the Hesperian fields. 
 And o'er the Celtic roam'd the utmost isles. 
 
 All these and more came flocking ; but with looks 
 Downcast and damp ; yet such wherein appear' d 
 Obscure some glimpse of joy, to have found their chief 
 Not in despair, to have found themselves not lost « 
 In loss itself: which on his countenance cast 
 Like doubtful hue : but he, his wonted pride 
 Soon recollecting, with high words, that bore 
 Semblance of worth, not substance, gently raised 
 
 8. 
 
 405 
 
 6U0 
 
 605 
 
 610 
 
 515 
 
 rM 
 
 520 
 
 525 
 
n PARADISE LOST. 
 
 'I'lioir fainting courago, and dispoll'd their fears. 
 
 Then straight commands, that at the warlike sound 
 
 Ol tniin.pets loud and clarions be uprear'd 
 
 IIi.'4 mighty standard : that proud liouour claim'd 
 
 A/a/ol as his right, a cherub tall ; 
 
 Who fortliwith from the glittering staff unfurl'd 
 
 The impoi-ial ensign ; which, full high advanced, 
 
 Shone like a niotoor streaming to the wind, 
 
 With gems and golden lustre rich emblazed, 
 
 Seraphic anns and trophies ; all the while 
 
 Sonorous metal blowing martial sounds; 
 
 At which the universal host up.sont 
 
 A shout, that tore hell's concave, and beyond 
 
 Frighted the reign of Chaos and old Night. 
 
 AW in a moment through the gloom were st^eu 
 
 Tim thousand banners rise into the air 
 
 W'ith orient colours waving : with them rose 
 
 A forest luige of spears ; and thronging helms 
 
 Appear'd, and serried shields in thick array 
 
 Of depth immeasurable : anon they move 
 
 In perfect phalanx to the Dorian mood 
 
 Of ilutos and soft recorders ; such as raised 
 
 To height of )ioblest temper heroes old 
 
 Arming to battle ; and instead of rage, 
 
 Deliberate valour breathed, finn and unmoved 
 
 With dread of death to flight or foul retreat : 
 
 Nor wanting power to mitigate and 'suage 
 
 With solemn touches troubled thoughts, and chase 
 
 Anguish, and doubt, and fear, and sorrow, and pain 
 
 From mortal or immortal minds. Thus they, 
 
 Breathing united force, with fixed thought, 
 
 Moved on in silence to soft pipes, that charm'd 
 
 Their painful steps o'er the burnt soil : and now 
 
 Advanced in view they stand ; a horrid front 
 
 Of dreadful length and dazzling arms, in guise 
 
 Of warriors old with ordered spear and shield I 
 
 [book I. 
 530 
 
 63.5 
 
 640 
 
 640 
 
 650 
 
 655 
 
 560 
 
 665 
 
tOOK I. 
 530 
 
 63A 
 
 640 
 
 645 
 
 650 
 
 655 
 
 5G0 
 
 665 
 
 bOOK T.^ 
 
 patiat>tst: lost. 
 
 8S 
 
 Awaiting what commana their mighty chief 
 
 Had to impose : ho through the armed files 
 
 Darts his oxp«)rioncod eye, and soon traverse 
 
 The whole battalion views, thoir order due, 
 
 Tht'ir visjiges and stature as of gods ; 
 
 Tht;ir number last he sums. And now his heart 
 
 Distends with pride, and hardening in his strength 
 
 (J lories : for never since created man 
 
 Met such embodied force, as named with these 
 
 Could merit more than that small infantry 
 
 Wurr'd on by cranes : though all the giant bra^ 
 
 Of Phlogra with the heroic race wore join'd 
 
 That fought at Tliebes and Ilium, on each side 
 
 Mix'd with auxiliar gods ; and what resounds 
 
 In fable or romance of Utho^'s son, 
 
 Begirt with British and Armoric knights ; 
 
 And all who since, baptized or infidel, 
 
 Jousted in Aspramont or Montalban, 
 
 Damasco, or Marocco, or Trebisond, 
 
 Or whom Biserta sent from Afric shore. 
 
 When Charlemain with all his peerage fell 
 
 By Fontarabia. Thus far these beyond 
 
 Compare of mortal prowess, yet observed 
 
 Their dread commander : he, above the rest 
 
 In shape and gesture proudly eminent, 
 
 Stood like a tower ; his form had yet not lost 
 
 All her original brigntnesb ; nor appear'd 
 
 Less than archangel ruin'd, and the excess 
 
 Of glory obscured ; as when the sun, new risen, 
 
 Looks through the horizontal misty air 
 
 Shorn of his beams ; or from behin<l the moon, 
 
 In dim eclipse, disastrous twilight sheds 
 
 On half the nations, and with fear of change 
 
 Perplexes monarchs. Dafken'd so, yet shone 
 
 Above them all the archangel ; but his face 
 
 Deep scars of thunder had intrench'd ; and care 
 
 570 
 
 675 
 
 6S0 
 
 585 
 
 600 
 
 505 
 
 600 
 
34 
 
 PAPAPTSK LOST. 
 
 [book I. 
 
 Sat on hia finloil cluM?k, but uiui.ii bnnvH 
 Of (iBtintless oourugo, atxd conHitlonvto prido 
 Waw^ug revotigo; crviol UIh eyo, but ciiHt 
 SiguH of romorso and passion, to boliold 
 Tho l\<llow8 of his crimo, tlio follow«u',s nithor 
 (Far othor onco bohold in blias), condoDJu'd 
 For ever now to have their lot in pain : 
 Millions of Hpirits for his faalt amerced 
 Of heaven, and from eternal sidendoiirs Mung 
 For his i*evoH, yet faithful how they Htood, 
 Their glory withor'd: as when heaven's tiro 
 Hath scathed the forest oaks, or mountain jiines, 
 With singed top their stately growth, though b.ire, 
 Stands on the bliist«Hl heath. Ho now prepared 
 To s]ieak ; whereat their doubled ranks thoy biMid 
 From wing to wing, and half enclose him round 
 With all his peers • att(M\tion held them mute. 
 Thrice he assay'd, and thrice, in spite of scorn, 
 Tears, such as angels weep, burst forth ; at last 
 Words, interwove Aith i^iJ;hs, found out their way. 
 
 " O myriads of immortal spirits ! O powers 
 Matchless, but with the Almighty ; and that strifo 
 Was not inglorious, though the event was ilire, 
 As this place testifies, and this dire change. 
 Hateful to utter ! but what power of mind, 
 Fon^soeing or presaging, from the de])th 
 Of knowledg(\ past or present, could have fear'd, 
 How such united force of gods, how such 
 Aa stood like these, could ever know repulse P 
 For who can yet believe, though after loss, 
 That all thesa puissant legions, whose exile 
 Hath emptied heaven, shall fail to reascond 
 Self-raised, and repossess their native scat P 
 For nie, be witness all the host of heaven, 
 If counsels different, or danger shunn'd 
 iiy me. have lost our hopes. But he who reigni 
 
 60d 
 
 
 610 
 
 015 
 
 620 
 
 625 
 
 630 
 
 636 
 
00 ff I. 
 
 Booir T.T 
 
 yARADTSFi LOST. 
 
 606 
 
 6t0 
 
 Gift 
 
 620 
 
 625 
 
 C30 
 
 636 
 
 Monarch in heaven, till thon as one seoure 
 
 Sat on his throne uphold by old repute, 
 
 Consent or custom ; and his regal state 
 
 Put forth at full, but still his strength conoeal'd 
 
 Which tempted our attempt, and wrought our fall. 
 
 Henceforth his might we know, and know our own, 
 
 8o as not either to provoke, or dread 
 
 New war, provoked ; our bettor part remains 
 
 To work in dose design, by fraud or guile, i 
 
 What force effected not ; that ho no less 
 
 At length from us may find, who overcomes 
 
 By force hath overcome but half his, foe. 
 
 Space may produce new worlds; whereof so rife 
 
 There went a fame in heaven that he ere long 
 
 Intended to create, and therein plant 
 
 A gnneration, whom his choice regard 
 
 Should favour, equal to the sons of heaven : 
 
 Thither, if but to pry, shall be perhaps 
 
 Our first eruption ; thither or elsewhere ; 
 
 For this infernal pit shall never hold 
 
 Celestial spirits in bondage, nor the abyss 
 
 Long under darkness cover. But these thoughts 
 
 Full counsel must mature ; peace is despair'd : 
 
 For who can think submission ? War, then, war, 
 
 Open or understood, must be resolved." 
 
 lie spake ; and, to confirm his words, outflow 
 Millions of flaming swords, drawn from the thighs 
 Of mighty cherubim ; the sudden blaze 
 Far round illumined hell ; highly they raged 
 Aj^ainst the Highest, and fierce with grasped arms 
 (Miiah'd on their sounding shields the din of war, 
 Hurling defiance toward the vault of heaven. 
 
 There stood a hill not far, whose grisly top 
 Belch'd fire and rolling smoke ; the rest entire 
 Shone with a glossy scurf; undoubted sign 
 That in his womb was hid metallic ore, 
 
 a40 
 
 646 
 
 GoO 
 
 656 
 
 OfJO 
 
 r)G5 
 
 670 
 
iiiin 
 
 86 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [book I. 
 
 The work of sulphur. Thither, wing'd with speed, 
 
 A numerous brigade hasten'd : as when bands 675 
 
 Of pioneers, with spade and pickaxe arm'd, 
 
 Forerun the royal camp, to trench a field. 
 
 Or cast a rampart. Mammon led them on : 
 
 Mammon, the least erected spirit that fell 
 
 From heaven ; for e'en in heaven his looks and thoughts p8C 
 
 Were always downward bent, admiring more 
 
 The riches of heaven's pavement, trodden gold, 
 
 Than aught, divine or holy, else enjoy 'd 
 
 In vision beatific : by him first 
 
 Men also, and by his suggestion taught, 68<? 
 
 Ransack'd the centre, and with impious hands 
 
 Rifled the bowels of their mother eaiiih 
 
 For treasures, better hid. Soon had his crew 
 
 Open'd into the hill a spacious wound, 
 
 And digg'd out ribs of gold. Let none admire 690 
 
 That riches grow in hell ; that soil may bept 
 
 Deserve the precious bane. And here let those 
 
 Who boast in mortal things, and wondering teU 
 
 Of Babel, and the works of Memphian kings, 
 
 Learn how their greatest monuments of fame 696 
 
 And strength and art, are easily outdone 
 
 J^y spirits reprobate, and in an hour 
 
 What in an age they with incessant toil 
 
 And hands innumerable scarce perform. 
 
 Nigh on the plain, in many cells prepared, 700 
 
 That underneath had veins of liquid fire. 
 
 Sluiced from the lake, a second multitude 
 
 With wondrous art founded the massy ore. 
 
 Severing each kind, and scumm'd the bullion dross ; 
 
 A third as soon had form'd within the ground 705 
 
 A various mould, and from the boiling cells. 
 
 By strange conveyance, .fill'd each hollow nook : 
 
 As in an organ, from one blast of wind. 
 
 To many a row of pipes the sound-board breathoi. 
 
 
lOOK I. 
 
 675 
 
 P8C 
 
 esc 
 
 690 
 
 696 
 
 700 
 
 705 
 
 BOOK I.] 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Anou, out of the earth a fiibric huge 
 
 Rose like an exhalation, with the soimd 
 
 Of dulcet symphonies and voices sweet, 
 
 Built like a temple, where pilasters round 
 
 Were set, and Doric pillars overlaid 
 
 With golden architrave ; nor did there want 
 
 Cornice or fiieze, with bossy sculptures graven : 
 
 The roof was fretted gold. Not Babylon, 
 
 Nor great Alcairo, such magnificence 
 
 Equall'd in all their glories, to enshrine 
 
 Belus or Serapis their gods, or seat 
 
 Their kings, when Egypt with Assyria strove 
 
 In wealth and luxury. The ascending pile 
 
 Stood fix'd her stately hei^^ht ; and straight the doors, 
 
 Opening their brazen folds, discover, wide 
 
 Within, her ample spaces o'er the smooth 
 
 And level pavement ; from the arched roof, 
 
 Pendant by subtle magic, many a row 
 
 Of starry lamps and blazing cressets, fed 
 
 With naphtha and asphaltus, yielded light 
 
 As from a sky. The hasty multitude 
 
 Admiring enter'd ; and the work some prais", 
 
 And some the architect : his hand was known 
 
 Tn heaven by many a towor'd structure high, 
 
 Where 8cei.tred angels held their residence, 
 
 And sat as pruices ; whom the supreme King 
 
 PiXalted to such power, and gave to rule, 
 
 Each in his hierarchy, the orders bright. 
 
 Nor was his name unheard or uuadored 
 
 In ancient Greece, and in Ausonian land 
 
 Men call'd him Mulciber ; and how he fell 
 
 From heaven they fabled, thrown by angry Jove 
 
 Sheer o'er the crystal battlements : from morn 
 
 To noon he fell, from noon to dewy eve, 
 
 A summer's day ; and with the setting sun 
 
 Dropp'd from the zenith. Like a falling star, 
 
 91 
 
 710 
 
 715 
 
 720 
 
 725 
 
 730 
 
 735 
 
 I 
 
 ■I i 
 
 '4 
 
 740 
 
 M 
 
ii 
 
 88 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [BOOK I, )j 
 
 On Lemnos tb' ^gean isle : thus thoy relate, 
 
 Erring ; for ho with his rebellious rout 
 
 Fell long before ; nor aught avail'd him now 
 
 To have built in heaven high towers ; nor did he 'scape 
 
 By all his engines, but was headlong sent 750 
 
 With his industrious crew to build in hell. 
 
 Meanwhile, the winged heralds, by-command 
 Of sovereign power, witli awful ceremony 
 And trumpets' sound, throughout the host proclaim 
 A solemn council, forthwith to be held 765 
 
 At Pandemonium, the high capital 
 Of Satan and his peers : their summons call'd 
 Prom every band and squared regiment 
 By place or choice the worthiest ; they anon, 
 With hundreds and with thousands trooping came, 760 
 
 Attended ; all access was thronged : the gates 
 And porches wide, but chief the spacious hall 
 (Though like a cover'd field, where champions bold 
 Wont ride in arm'd, and at the soldan's chair 
 Defied the best of Panim chivalry 705 
 
 To mortal combat, or career with lance), 
 Thick swarm'd both on the ground and in the air 
 Brush'd with the hiss of rustling wings. As beeg 
 In spring-time, when the sun with Taurus rides, 
 Pour forth their populous youth about the hive 770 
 
 In clusters ; they among fresh dews and flowers 
 Fly to and fro, or on the smoothed plank. 
 The suburb of their straw-built citadel, 
 New rubb'd with balm, expatiate and confer 
 Their state affairs : so thici' the aery crowd 776 
 
 Swarm'd and were straiter.'d ; till, the signal given, 
 Behold a wonder 1 They but now who seem'd 
 In bigDPss to surpass earth's giant sons. 
 Now less than smallest dwarfs, in narrow room 
 Throng r.nmborloss, like that Pygnioan race 730 
 
 Beyond the Indian mount ; or fuery elves, 
 
 B( 
 
lOOK X. 
 
 750 
 
 766 
 
 760 
 
 BOOK I.] 
 
 PABADT8E LOST. 
 
 39 
 
 Whose midnight revels, by a forest side 
 
 Or fountain, some belated peasant sees, 
 
 Or dreams he sees, while over head the moon 
 
 Sits arbitress, and nearer to the earth 
 
 Wheels her pale course ; they on their mirth 
 
 Intent, with jocund music charm his ear : 
 
 At once with joy and fear his heart rebounds; 
 
 Thus incorporeal spirits to smallest forms 
 
 Reduced their shapes immense, and were at large, 
 
 Though without number still, amidst the hall 
 
 Of that infernal court. But far within, 
 
 And in their own dimensions, like themselves. 
 
 The great seraphic lords and cherubim 
 
 In close recess and secret conclave sat ; 
 
 A thousand demigods on golden seats 
 
 Frequent and full. After short silence then, 
 
 And summons read, the ij;reat consult bej^:.ii. 
 
 783 
 
 790 
 
 796 
 
 7G5 
 
 770 
 
 776 
 
 s, 
 
 730 
 
NOTE 8. 
 
 ^.1. Of man's first disobedience, nnd \of\ the fruit — blissful seat. 
 Two adverbial adjuncts of the predicate sinff. {Gr. 396, no(t,) 
 
 1.2. Whose — seat. An adjective clause, qualifying /''^f- (<?/". 408.) 
 
 /. 4. With loss of Eden. An adverbial i.'^ut i brought. 
 
 Till — seat. A compound adverbial clause. Before reuai)/ insert 
 till one greater man. Those clauses aic :n a sort of quasi-attributive 
 relation to the noun loss (see Gr. 362*) . or '-ey ,.uij be taken as 
 adverbial clauses (jualifjang some such word as lasting (understood), 
 which would agree with loss. With this passage compare I Corinth. 
 XV. 21, 22. 
 
 /. 6. That on, &c. After Horeb, supply didst inspire — chaos ; and 
 l ;fore of Sinai, supply that on the secret top. We thus get two adjec- 
 tive clauses qualifying muse. The name Sinai properly belongs to 
 the entire group of mountains which has given its name to the whole 
 peninsula which it characterises in so remarkable a manner. In a 
 narrower sense Sinai is the name of one lofty ridge of this group, the 
 most norther^" peak of which is Horob; the most southerly (by a 
 still narrowt j,pplication of the name), Mount Sinai. There is little 
 doubt that Horeb was the mountain on which the Law was actually 
 delivered (see Deut. i. 6; iv. 18, &c.) ; but as this peak is a part of 
 the Sinaitic ridge, the Law is also said to have been dcliv(M'od on 
 Sinai. {Levit. vii. 38.) 
 
 I. 8. That Shepherd. (See JSxod. iii. 1 ; Psalm Ixxvii. 20.) 
 
 I. 9. In the beginning. An adverbial adjunct of rose. 
 
 How the heavens — chaos. A substantive clause which may be taken 
 either as the object of taught (in which case the chosen seed must be 
 taken as in the adverbial relation to (aught ; see Cfr. 373, 4), or as 
 a substantive clause attached adverbially to taught {Gr. 407), in which 
 case seed will be the object of taught. 
 
 All. Before Silott's i^isert */, and afte» oracle of God insert delight 
 
BOOK I.] 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 41 
 
 Of ; and 
 
 o adjec- 
 
 oiigs to 
 
 whole 
 
 In a 
 
 jiip, the 
 
 (by a 
 
 is little 
 
 etually 
 
 part of 
 
 ^rcd on 
 
 e taken 
 
 lust be 
 
 , or as 
 
 which 
 
 dtlighi 
 
 thff more. Two adverbial clauses of condition, qualifying invoke 
 {Or. 427). The fountain of Siloam is at the entrance of the valley of 
 Tyropoeon. Its waters have an irregular flow. They are first collected 
 in a pool or reservoir, the overflow of which forms a small stream 
 Isaiah viii. 6 ; John ix. 7. 
 
 /. 12. Fast = chse. 
 
 /. 14. That with — rhyme. An adjective clause qualifying song. To 
 soar, &C. A verb in the infinitive mood, in the objective relation to 
 intends. {Or. 366, 368.) The Aonian Mount. Parnassus. Aonia was 
 anciently the name of that part of Boeotia which lay at the foot of 
 Parnassus and Helicon. 
 
 /. 15. While it pursues, &c. An adverbial clause of time, qualifying 
 the verb soar. {Gr. 416.) 
 
 /. 16. Before rhyme we must supply while it pursites things iin- 
 attetuptt'd yet in. The conjunction or implies an alternative, so that the 
 words or phrases which it. connects taniiot be attached conjointly tc 
 other words in the sentence. Hence or always involves two separate 
 clauses (which must be obtained by filling up the ellipse when there is 
 one) co-ordinate with each other, but which may be either piincipal 
 or subordinate clauses as respects the entire sentence. (Gr. 443.) 
 
 /. 17. That dost prefer — pure. An adjective clause which may be 
 attached indifferently to thou or to spirit. Consult 1 Corinth, iii. 16, 
 17 ; vi. 19. 
 
 /. 19. Read Genesis i. 2. 
 
 I. 20. With mighty wings outspread. An adverbial adjunct of 
 saCst. 
 
 I. 21. Brooding must be taken grammatically as qualifying the 
 subject thou (understood) ; in sense it forms a kind of complement to 
 the predicate sat'st. {Or. 392.) 
 
 l. 22. Pregnant. Complement of the predicate mad'st. {Gr. 392, 
 396.) 
 
 What in me is dark. This is frequently called a substantive clause. 
 It is really an adjective clause used substantively, that is, qualifying 
 Bome demonstrative word understood ; for what, being a relative pro- 
 noun {Gr. 163), properly introduces an adjective clause. {Gr. 408, 409). 
 
 /. 23. In full : What w low, raise [thou] and [what is low] itj/jwrt 
 
 y/iou]. 
 
 I. 24. That to the height — to men. A compound adverbial clause, 
 which must be repeated with each of the preceding predicates instruct, 
 illumine, raise, and support. Between and and Justify insert thai to th» 
 height of this great argument I may. 
 
 y I 
 
 i 11 
 .1 
 
49 
 
 PABAT)T8E LOST. 
 
 [book I, )j 
 
 /. 27. Tot heavm^ &o. An adverbial clause of condition, attached to 
 tay. 
 
 I. 28. Nor th» deep tract of hell, that is, and the deep tract of hell 
 hides nothing from thy view. What cause — besides. What is here an 
 interrogative word, and introduces a substantive clause (6'r. 403,406), 
 the object of say. 
 
 l. 29. In that happy state. An attributive adjunct of parents. {Gr. 
 362, 4.) 
 
 /. 30. To fall off— to transgress. Adverbial adjuncts of the predicate 
 moved. {Gr. 190, 373, 2.) 
 
 /. 34. ffe. Complement of the predicate was, qualified by the com- 
 plex adjective clause whose guile — vain attempt. 
 
 I. 3(5. What time — vain attempt. An adverbial clause of time attached 
 to the predicate deceived. 
 
 I. 37. With all his host — vain attempt, ib an adverbial adjunct of 
 manner or circumstance attached to the verb cast, and consisting of a 
 pre])OHition followed by a noun, which has several complex attributive 
 adjuncts. 
 
 /. 41. If he opposed. An adverbial clause qualifying to have equalled 
 Before with ambitious aim, supply by whose aid at^piring to set himself in 
 glory above his peers h«. 
 
 I. 42. Against the throne, &o. An attributive adjunct of aim. {Gr. 
 362, 4.) 
 
 /. 47. There to dwell, &o. An adverbial adjunct of hurled. See 
 note on I. 30. 
 
 /. 49. Who durst, &o. An adjective clause qualifjang the object 
 him. 
 
 I. 60. Nine times the space, &c. An adverbial adjunct of lay. {Gr, 
 373, 3.) 
 
 /. 53. Though [he was] imtnortal. An elliptical adverbial clause, 
 qualifying the adjective or participle confounded. 
 
 I. 54. For now, &c. An adverbial clause attached to reserved. 
 
 I. 58. With pride and hate. An adverbial adjunct of mixed. 
 
 I. 59. As angels ken, i.e., know or descry. An adverbial clause co- 
 ortlinate with as which qualifies far. In full the clause is, as angels 
 ken far. See Gr. 647, &c. 
 
 /. 62. As one great furnace. An elliptical adverbial clause attached 
 to gained. Supply aiter furnace the yerb ^mes. 
 
 l.i^. Ni light. Supply came or shone. 
 
 I. 64. To discover — vnconsumed. A oomplex adverbial adjunct ci 
 terved. See mte on /. 30. 
 
 BOO 
 
 shad 
 befo 
 
BOOK I.] 
 
 N0TE8. 
 
 41 
 
 /. 66. Where peace — uneonsumed. An adjective clause qualifying 
 nhades. [Or. 410.) It is compound and elliptical. Repent ivhere 
 before hope, before torture, and before a fiery deluge ; and after «*«- 
 tonsumed supply still urges. 
 
 I. 67. Without end. An attributive adjunct of torture. {Chr. 
 362, 4.) 
 
 I. 71. With the verbs ordained and set^ repeat the subject eternal 
 justice. 
 
 L 73. Removed, with its adverbial adjuncts as far, &c., qualifies the 
 object j9or/ton. 
 
 As far. As qualifies far, and is itself explained by the elliptical 
 adverbial clause, as thrice [the distance] from the centre to the utmost 
 poll- [/.v /«/•], which is co-ordinate with as. (Or. 647, &c.) 
 
 Phrases like three times the distance, half the sttm, a dozen men, &c., 
 arc rather anomalous combinations, in which the two substantives are 
 in a sort of apposition to each other. 
 
 /. 74. From the centre and to the pole, form attributive adjuncts of 
 the noun distance understood. (Or. 362, 4). Comp. note on /. 69. 
 
 The utmost pole, that is, oi the universe, not of the earth. Milton 
 troiits the earth as the centre of the mundane system. See Book IX. 
 108, X. 671. 
 
 /. 76. After fell, supply was this place. The place is an adverbial 
 adjunct of unlike. The preposition to may be supplied. 
 
 /. 81. After Beelzebub, supply he soon discerns. 
 
 I. 82. And thence. And is superfluous. The clause to whom, &o., 
 is an adjective clause qualifying' one. It goes on to /. 124. 
 
 /. 84. To establish a grammatical link of coimection between this 
 speech and the last sentence, we must understand some such plirnse as 
 01/ saying, so as to constitute an adverbial adjunct to the predicate, in 
 apposition to thus. The connection of the clauses in the early part of 
 the speech is extremely obscure. The best way, pcihaps, is to con- 
 sider the elliptical clauses, how fallen [thou art], how changed [thou 
 art] from him — though bright, as parenthetical, and the words if he as 
 an elliptical repetition of the earlier clause if thou beest he, which will 
 then form an adverbial clause of condition attached to the predicate 
 hath joined. Unless this be done, he is ungraminatical, and should be 
 altered to him; for if the conjunction ?/ belongs to the same clause as 
 hath joined, he must be the antecedent of whom, and ought to be the 
 object of the verb. Moreover, it will be very difficult then to find 
 out which is the main clause of the sentence. But by taking if he as 
 a repetition of (^ thtm beut ht^heiain the right case, and hath joitied 
 
44 
 
 PARADI8E LOST. 
 
 [book I. 
 
 is the predicate of the main clause. The clauses how fallen thou art, 
 how changed thou art, &o., may possibly bo regarded as printdpal 
 clauses, to the predicates of each of which the adverbial clause, if 
 thou beest he, is attached. In that case but is superfluous. If the 
 clauses are tr(>ated as pan^nthetical, thore is no way of making sense 
 of the but exi'.ept by undHrHtandiiig some such clause as "/ thitik that 
 thou art he " before it. The elliptical clause if he will still qualify the 
 verb hat Ii Joined. 
 
 I. 8G. Didst outshine. This is not strictly grammatical. Tlie 
 relative tcho must agree with its antecedent him in person, and him 
 oaunot possibly be of the second person. {Or. 468.) 
 
 /. 87. Though [they were] bright. An elliptical adverbial clause 
 qualifying the predicate didst outshine. 
 
 Whom mutual league — once. An adjective clause qualifying an 
 antecedent him understood, the object of hath joined. The subject of 
 the relative clause is compound. {Or. 386.) 
 
 /. 90. After hath joined, repeat with me. 
 
 The meaning is : "The distant^e between the pit and the height 
 measures his superiority in strength." The construction is very 
 crabbed. IThat pit thou seest is an adjective clause usr^d substantively 
 ^Gr. 409) after into. The what before height is interrogative. The 
 sentence cannot be treated by strict grammatical rules. 
 
 /. 94. After /or those, insert the compound clause do I repent — his 
 throne. Nor implies an alternative. We shall thus get four co- 
 ordinate sentences : — 1. Not for t ho ^e do I repent. 2. Not for those do 
 I change — throne. 3. Not [for] what the potent — injlict do I repent, 
 4. Not [for] what the potent — inflirt do I chan/e — throne. 
 
 I. 95. What the — injlict. An adjective clause used substantively. 
 See note on /. 22. Supply /or before what. Else should be taken as 
 an attributive adjunct of what. 
 
 I. 97. Though [I am changed], &c. An elliptical adverbial clause 
 qualifying the predicate do change. 
 
 I. 98. From sense of injured merit. An attributive adjunct of 
 disdain. {Or. 362, 4.) 
 
 I. 99. That with — contend. An adjective clause qualifying disdain. 
 
 I. 100. Repeat the relative that which is the subject (understood) of 
 the clause, which is co-ordinate with the last. 
 
 /. 102. Three adjective clauses qualify spirits. 1. That durst dis- 
 like, &c. 2. That — opposed, &c. 3. That shook his throne. 
 
 /. 106. What. An elliptical interrogative clause. In full : what aan 
 
 
 th< 
 
BOOK I.] 
 
 KOTEi. 
 
 45 
 
 // or something' of the wrt, to the predicate of which the clause 
 though the field he lost Htands in the adverbial relation. 
 
 /. 106. Zs not lost may be repeated with the several subjects will, 
 ttuffi/, hate, courage, what ehe ; or these may be taken as forming a 
 compound subject {Or. 38G) with tlie sinj^le prodirate are not lost. 
 
 I. lOS. To submit and to yield are attributive adjuncts of couragt. 
 {Gr. 362, 4.) 
 /. 110. Wrath or might. Make a separate sentenije for each subject. 
 I. 111. The compound subject to bow, to sue, and to deify, &(•.., is 
 repeated in the word that (/. 114), which may be left out in the 
 analysis; or else (hat may be taken as the subject, having the inrini- 
 tive moods in apposition to it. 
 
 I. 113. Who from, &c. An adjective clause qualifying the sub- 
 stantive pronoun /its. {Gr. 141.) 
 
 /. 116. Since by fate, &c. ; since through, &c. Adverbial clauses 
 attached to the predicate of the preceding clause. Tliere is no objec- 
 tion to taking them with the predicate of each of the two i)re(!eding 
 clauses. 
 /. 122. Irreconcilable is an attributive adjunct of the subject we. 
 I. 123. After and repeat who. 
 
 I. 125. Though [//<• ?rrt.v] in pain. An elliptical adverbial clause, 
 qualifying the predicate spake. 
 I. 128. See note on /. 84. 
 
 A vocative or nominative of appellation does not enter into the 
 construction of a sentence. 
 
 I. 130. And in dreadful deeds^ &c. Repeat the i-elative that as the 
 subject of this clause. 
 
 /. 133. Upheld qualifies the noun supremacy, and is itself qualiiied 
 b^Hhe adverbial phrases by strength, by chance, by fate, which are 
 united together by the conjunctions whether, or. 
 
 I. 134. The object events, with all its adjuncts, must be repeated 
 with each verb see and rue. 
 
 I. 136. And all, &e. Repeat the relative as the subject of the 
 clause, and the auxiliary hath. 
 I. 137. Zow is a complement of the predicate laid. (Gr. 395.) 
 /. 138. Far qualifies hath laid, and is itself qualified by the demon- 
 strative adverb as, which in its tirni is explained by tne co-ordinate 
 advei'bial clause as God's — can perish, in which the word far is again 
 understood, being qualified by the relative adverb as at the beginning 
 of the clause. (On the analysis of all such clauses, see Or. 548, 664.) 
 
T 
 
 46 
 
 PARADI8E LOST. 
 
 [book 1. 
 
 /. lol). Fo)' the tnind, tScc. Tltiu ailverbiul clause qualifies the pre« 
 dicate of a sentence understood, / my asfat\ or something of the sort. 
 
 /. 140. Invincible is the complement of the predicate remains. {Or. 
 892.) 
 
 /. 141. The elliptical adverbial clauses though all our glory [be] 
 extinct, and [thouyh] our happy state [be] here swallowed, &o., may be 
 attached to the predicate of each of the foregoing clauses, remain$ 
 and return. 
 
 I. 143. After but what supply are we to say, or something equivalent. 
 Whom I now believe [to be"] of almighty force. The infinitive to he, with 
 its subject whom forms a complex object of believe. {Or. 397.) 0/ 
 almighty force is an adverbial adjunct of be. 
 
 I. 144. No less than such ; that is, in full, no force lets than such force 
 is great, where the adverbial clause of degree than such, &o., qualifies 
 less. See Gr. 547, 659, 422. 
 
 I. 145. As ours [tvas]. An adjective clause co-ordinate with such. 
 On the construction of such clauses see Or. 412, and the note on 
 267, and 523. 
 
 .'. 147. tSiifflcc here means safixfy. 
 
 I. 148. That we may — ire. An adverbial clause of purpose, qualify- 
 ing have left. 
 
 I. 149. [That we may] do him mightier service, &c. The whole of the 
 preceding sentence what if he our conqueror — support our pains must 
 be repeated with this adverbial clause, which is attached to its pre- 
 dicate have left. 
 
 As his thralls, &o. In full : As his thralls by right of war do him 
 mighty service. An adverbial clause of manner, qualifying may do. 
 By right of war is an attributive adjunct of thralls. {Or. 362, 4.) 
 
 /. 150. Whatever is the complement of the verb of incomplete yt^ 
 dication be. {Or. 302.) The clause is an adverbial clause of condition 
 attached to the predicate may do. {Or. 427.) 
 
 I. 151. Here in the heart — deep. Tliese elliptical clauses form an 
 expansion of the preceding clause. In full they are : If his business 
 be here in the heart of hell to work in fire, or if his business be to do his 
 errands in the gloomy deep. The whole sentence what if he our 
 conqueror — our pains, that we may do — of war, should be repeated 
 ■with each clause, since each of them qualifies the verb may do, and 
 the conjunction or implies that we have alternatives, which can only 
 be taken separately. 
 
 U 164. Before eternal being supply what can it then avail though yH 
 wtfeet. 
 
 B( 
 
 att 
 
BOOK I.] 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 ih pet 
 
 l. 155. To nndrrffo eternal pHnishment. Tliis iiuiHt bo tnkon as au 
 attributive adjunct ((?;•. ;{62, 4) both of utrvmjth iiud of hiinij. 
 
 l. 157. The whole of this Hpocch fonns the object of the v(>rb n'/ilirtf. 
 Fallen cherub, Vieiiij^ a vo.-utive, or noiiiiuutivo of apjK Uiitioii, does not 
 enter into the (;onstr""*iou of the clause. 
 
 To be weak, &c. i ; 2h be weak dniuij is miserable ; or to be urok 
 
 bitjt'ering is miserable, Tliis is one of those instanees in which the 
 association of ideas (conveyed by the hnii'un^e is difiiiite enougli, 
 tlioiip-h the latter is not eii>ily r-'diiciblo within the linuts of ^niinniii- 
 ticid rules. How are the particijdes f/o///// and .s7///iy/w// constructed I-* 
 Wliat do they ayree with':' Tint orij^in of the idiom is to bo souglit 
 in the fact that a verb, even in the intinitive or substantive mood, 
 never entirely loses its atl libutive character, and consequently pre- 
 supposes some subject to which the attributive idea is attached ; and 
 the attributive participle is used on much the same principle as the 
 attributive infinitive mood. The idiom may bo reduced to a g-ram- 
 UKitical form by supjdying' if we are, or w/ien we are, before doin;/ and 
 s'l/trritiff ; we then get adverbial clauses of condition or time (puilify- 
 ing the verb is. 
 
 I. 159. To do, &c Tiese are two substantive clauses in appo- 
 siiiim to this. The c^. ^ iction that may be supplit^d at the beginning 
 of each. 
 
 I. 160. After ill supply will be. 
 
 I, 161. As beituj, ice. An ellipti(;al adverbial clause, qualifying the 
 pre(ucate (understood) will be, of the previous clause. The ellipse 
 may be filled up thus : — As [an «tV] beiny the c ntrary to his high will 
 witom we resist [uould be our sole dcliy/it], 
 
 I. 16'2. Who>n tvc resist. An adjective claube, qualifying the sub- 
 stantive pronoun his. See note on /. 113. 
 
 l. 163. To bring forth good. This nuiy be taken either as tht object, 
 or as au adverbial adjunct to the verb seek. {Gr. 190, 368.) 
 
 /. 164. To pervert evil — compound complement of the vei'b of incom- 
 plete predication be. {Gr. 392.) 
 
 /. 166. Which is here eoutimiative {Gr. 413), being equivalent to and 
 this. It introduces a principal sentence. As does duty for a relative 
 pronoun. {Gr. 412.) The words as perhaps shall must be repeated 
 before disturb. We thus get two adjective clauses co-ordinate with so, 
 just as they would be with such, if in such a tcag were substituted 
 Hor so. 
 
 I. 167. If I fail not. That is, */ / am not mistaken. An adverbial 
 tlauso ()i couditiou qualifying shall grieve. 
 
 
 I 
 i 
 
4« 
 
 PAT?AT>rsE LOST. 
 
 [BOOK I. 
 
 /. 177. Tn heUow. Object of the vorb ceascK. {Gr. 368.) 
 
 I. 178. Let us slip. It may be necesHary to remind some that this 
 phi'aso is not a Jirst person plural of an imperative mood. Let is in 
 the second person plural, having its subjecit i/ou or j/e understood, and 
 un is the object of let. Slip is a verb in the infinitive mood, forming 
 the complement of the verb of incomplete predication let, and itself 
 having occasion for its obj(;ct. 
 
 Whether scorn, &c. Expand this for analytical purposes, thus :— 
 Hither if scorn yield it from our foe, or if satiate fury yield it from our 
 foe. This gives us two adverbial clauses of condition, attached to the 
 predicate let. 
 
 I. 182. Save what, &c. Save (Fr. sauf) is in reality an adjective, 
 qualifying the noun or the noun-sentence which follows it, and so 
 forming a nominative absolute (see Gr. 283). Here save qualifies 
 the antecedent (i"rder8tood) of the adjective clause tvhat — dreadful. 
 (See note on /. 2-.) The whole phrase save tvhat, &c., forms an adver- 
 bial adjunct to the adjective void. 
 
 I. 183. Let us tetid. See note on /. 178. 
 
 I. 184. From off, &c. As a preposition cannot govern anything but 
 a i';' tantive {Gr. 279), it is not easy to provide from with anything 
 to ;.'\'vem. We must supply some such word as the space or tlie 
 region between from and off ; when the phrase off the tossing, &c., 
 will become an attributive adjunct of the noun supplied. We must 
 adopt a similar method with all such phrases. Thus he appeared from 
 under the table, must be taken as he appeared from the space, or position^ 
 under the table. 
 
 L 186, 187. Rest — consult. It will be better to treat these as 
 elliptical; :md read let us rest, let us consult. Jte-assembliiig will then 
 agree with the object us undei'-stood, and our will have a pronoun in 
 tha first person, to wliich it may relate. 
 
 /. 187. Sow we may, &g. A substantive clause, the object of consult. 
 
 I. 188. Fill up the ellipse thus : — There let us consult how nur own loss 
 tve may repair; there let us con.udt how we inuij orereoiue this dire calamity; 
 there let us consult what reinforcement we may gain from hope ; if tve may 
 not gain reinforcement from hope, there let us consult whai resolution we 
 may gain from despair. 
 
 I. 190. What, being interrogative, introduces a substantive clause. 
 ((?»•. 406.) 
 
 I. 192. After thus Satan, supply spoke. 
 
 I. 193. With head, &c. An adverbial adjunct of spok*, 
 
 I. 194. The adverb besides qualifies the verb lajf. 
 
lOOK I. 
 
 BOOK I.] 
 
 K0TE8. 
 
 49 
 
 hat this 
 Let is in 
 tod, and 
 Forming 
 id ituelf 
 
 thus :— 
 from our 
 d to the 
 
 Jjective, 
 , and 80 
 qualifies 
 dreadful, 
 n adver- 
 
 hing bnt 
 inything 
 
 |ce or tfie 
 
 inff, &c., 
 
 i^e must 
 
 iredfrom 
 
 position^ 
 
 Ibhese as 
 nil then 
 |)uoun in 
 
 consult, 
 own loss 
 ilamity; 
 ' we may 
 \Htion w» 
 
 clause. 
 
 /. 196. In bulk. An adverbial adjunct of Am*/*. 
 /. 197. As whom, &o. Elliptical adverbial clause, co-ordinate with 
 OS before httge. In f uU : as [^they] whom the fables name of inonstrous 
 size [were hut/e]. The construction of the whole of this passage is 
 very obscure. Perhaps the best way to take it is to consider the 
 phrase of tnoftstrom size as an attributive adjunct of thcij understood; 
 and the word Titanian (which is adjeetive in its form) as the complement 
 of the predicate name, as though the sentence ran thus : as they of 
 monstrous size that warr d mi Jove, whom the fahks name Titanian. 
 Earth-born must then be treat^'d like Titanian. Those acquainted 
 with classical mythology will lujt need to be told that the Titans and 
 the Giants or Earth-bom are not the same, though both warred with 
 Zous, or Jupiter. Briareos, or iEgaeon, is by some ancient writers 
 classed among the Gigantes. All the mythological personages here 
 mentioned were the offspring of Earth (Ge or Gtea). According to 
 the (iommon version, Briareos and his two brothers, Gyges and 
 Cottus, were hundred-handed monsters — the offspring of Urauus and 
 Gica. The Titans were another group of the offspring of Uranus 
 and Griea. The Titans, headed by Cronus, deposed Uranus ; and 
 Zeus, the son of Cronus, in his turn, with the aid of Briareos and his 
 two brothers, deposed Cronus and the Titans, and imprisoned them 
 in Tartarus, placing the Hundred-handed to guard them. Tlie 
 attempt of the Gigantes to overthrow Zeus, or Jupiter, and the 
 similar attempt of Typhon or Typhoeus, are separate incidents in the 
 mythology. Virgil, however, amongst others, reckons Briareos 
 among the Gigantes. The use of the conjunction or obliges us to 
 amplify this passage for analysis as follows: 1. His other parts — 
 Titanian, that tvarred on Jove. 2. Tlie same repeated, with the 
 substitution of Earth-bom for Titanian. 3. His other parts — huge, 
 as [^lie] of monstrous size [teas hngel, whom the fables name Briareos. 
 4. The same as the last, with the substitution of Typhon, whom the 
 den — held for Briareos. 6. His other parts — huye as that sea-beast, &o. 
 L 200. By anjient Tarsus. An attributive adjrmct of den. 
 I. 202. Hugest. Complement of the predicate created. {Gr. 395.) 
 That swim the ocean stream. -iVn adjective clause qualifying works. 
 Tlie cosmology of Homer represented the earth as a circular flat disc, 
 round the outer edge of which ran a river or stream called Oceanus. 
 Heaven ( Uranus) was a hemispherical vault above the flat earth ; and 
 Tartarus a corresponding inverted vault beneath it. 
 I. 203. Him, object of deeming. 
 i, 20i>. liland, uompiemeut of the participle deeming. {Or. 396.) 
 
 11 
 
6d 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [book L 
 
 IP 
 
 /. 206. In his tealy rind. Adverbial adjunct of Jlxed. 
 I. 208, Insert while before wished. The clauses, as seatnen tell, whiU 
 night invests the sea, and tvhile wished tnorn delays, are adverbial clauses 
 attached to the predicate moors. 
 
 I. 210. Chained may be taken as the complement of lay. In analysis 
 nor ever may be treated as equivalent to and never. 
 
 I. 211. First leave out or heaved his head, and take all that remains 
 from nor ever thence to vengeance poured, as one compound sentence. 
 Next repeat this sentence, substituting had raised his head for had 
 rixen. 
 
 There are certain constructions in which bnt is a preposition. {Gr. 
 282, note.) It is so used here, governing' the substantive clause that 
 the will — vengeance poured, the preposition and substantive clause 
 together forming an adverbial adjunct, attached to the predicates had 
 risen and had heaved. {Gr. 403.) 
 
 /. 214. That with, &c. An adverbial clause of purpose, qualifying 
 left. (On the adverbial force of the so-called conjunction that in such 
 clauses, see Gr. 528.) 
 
 I. 216. Insert that and the siibject he in this sentence, which is 
 constructed like the last. 
 
 /. 217. Mow all—pouredf &o. A substantive clause {Or. 403), the 
 object of see. 
 
 I. 217. Respecting this use of but, see Gr. 605. 
 
 Tit hring forth, &c. An adverbial adjunct of served. {Gr. 190.) 
 
 I. 219. But is here a co-ordinative conjunction {Gr. 287, 288), and 
 unites confusion, wrath, and vengeance to the preceding objects of bring, 
 namely, goodness, grace, and mercy. 
 
 On himself ia an adverbial adjunct of poured. 
 
 I. 221. Upright. Complement of the predicate rears. {Gr. 396.) 
 
 I. 221. From of. See note on /. 184. 
 
 /. 223. Before rolled, insert on each hand the flames. 
 
 I. 227. Till — lights. An adverbial clause of time, attached to steers. 
 
 I. 228. If it were, &c. An adverbial clause of condition, qualifying 
 the predicate of a sentence which must be supplied, / say land, or 
 something of that kind. 
 
 That ever burned— fire. An adjective clause qualifying it. After 
 solid insert ^re, and after lake insert burned. 
 
 I. 230. Such. Complement of the predicate appeared. {Gr. 392.) 
 Before such insert that or which. The passage from and [that'\ such 
 appeared to smoke, is another adjective clause attached to it. 
 
 .^^fter (Hi insert land appears. From as when {I, 230) to smoke (/. 237) 
 
BOOK I.] 
 
 KOTES. 
 
 61 
 
 After 
 
 392.) 
 [] stich 
 
 M37) 
 
 is a compound adverbial clause, co-ordinate with the adjective st*ch 
 {I. 230). From wKen to amoke makes a subordinate adverbial clause of 
 time, qualifying appears understood. It must be sub-divided into two 
 others. First leave out or the shattered side of thnnderimj ^-Etna; next, 
 in the sentence so obtained, for from Pelorux, substitute from the 
 shattered side of thundering ^tna. Both the adverbial clauses thus 
 formed qualify appears. 
 
 I. 236. Before leave repeat whose combustible— fury. 
 
 I. 239. Both glorying, &c. A nominative' absolute, forming an 
 adverbial adjunct of followed. 
 
 1.2' As gods. That is, as gods [would have escaped the Sti/gian 
 floodl. This adverbial clause, and the two succeeding adverbial 
 phrases, are attac) ed to the infinitive mood to have escaped. 
 
 I. 242. After region, soil, and clime, supply the adjective clause 
 that we muitt change for heaven. 'Beioro this the soil put in is; before 
 the clime put in is this ; before this the seat put in is ; and before this 
 mournful gloom supply must we change. The whole passage, down to 
 /. 270, is the object of the verb said. 
 
 I. 245. Since he, &c. A compound adverbial clause attached to the 
 predicate he. The clause consists of two co-ordinate clauses. 1. Since 
 he who now is sovran can dispose what shall be right. 2. Since he — 
 sovran can bid what — right. 
 
 I. 247. What shall bo right. See note on I. 22. 
 
 I. 247. Farthest. That is, the place farthest. From him whom, ko,, 
 is an adverbial adjunct of him. 
 
 I. 248. Before force repeat whom. Supreme is the complement of 
 made. {Gr. 396.) 
 
 /. 249. Farewell. That is, /ore ye well. (Compare Gr. 532.) 
 
 Happy fields. Vocatives are of the nature of interjections, and do 
 not enter into the construction of the sentences in which they are 
 placed. 
 
 /. 252. One. In apposition to, and therefore an attributive adjunct 
 of possessor. 
 
 I. 254. And in itself, &c. Expand thus : [the mind] in itself can 
 make a heaven of hell ; [the mind in itself can ma/ic] a hell of heaven. 
 
 I. 255. Can make a heaven of hell. Here heaven is the direct object 
 of make, of hell being an adverbial adjunct of make. If we were to 
 say can make hell a heaven, then hell would be the object of the verb, 
 and heaven would be the complement of the predicate. (Compare 
 I. 248.) 
 
 /. 266. In full : what matter [is tY] where [I ^], •/ / be still the sam$^ 
 
62 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [book t 
 
 and [if] what I should be [be] all but less than he — ^renter. Observe 
 that in a question such as what matter is it, it is the subject, and w/iat 
 matter is the complement of the verb of incomplete predication is. 
 The construction of interrogative clauses is always to be tested by 
 that of corresponding assertive clauses. What matter is it ? answers to 
 it is this matter, or it is no matter. The clause tvhere I be is an 
 
 adjective clause qualif jdng the subject it, just as in such a sentence as 
 it was John who told me, the construction is : It (i.e., the person) who 
 told me ivas John. {Gr. 611, 513). 
 
 /. 257. What I should be. (See note on I. 22.) 
 
 I. 257. Than he, &c. In full, than he whom thunder has made greater 
 is great. An adverbial clause, qualifying /««*. [Gr. 548 — 658.) But 
 is here a preposition (see /. 211, note), and the whole phrase but less— 
 greater, forms an adverbial adjunct to all. 
 
 I. 260. Unvg in Milton commonly has the sense of the Latin invidia 
 and invidere, implying grudging. 
 
 I. 262. Before in hell supply one reign, or something equivalent. 
 
 /. 263. In fuU. To reign in hell [is] better than to serve in heaven [is 
 good'}. The adverbial clause than to serve, &c., qualifies better, show- 
 ing the degree of better that is meant. 
 
 I. 266. Lie is the complement of the verb of incomi)lete predication 
 kt, and astonished is the complement of lie. 
 
 1.267. And call. In full: and wherefore call we. 
 
 To share — mansion. An adverbial phrase attached to call. {Or, 
 190, 373, 2.) 
 
 /. 268. After or supply wherefore call we them not. 
 
 I. 269. What may — heaven. A substantive clause. What is inter- 
 rogative. {Or. 403. Compare note on /. 22.) Be regained is the 
 complement of the verb of incomplete predication may. 
 
 I. 270. Before what supply wherefore call we them not once more with 
 rallied arms to try. After more insert way be. 
 
 I. 272. See note on /. 83, 84. 
 
 /. 273. But is here a pi'eposition. But the omnipotent forms an 
 advei-bial phrase {Gr. 373, 2) qualifying mme. 
 
 /. 274. If once. Some writers very absurdly affect the omission of 
 if and wh^n in phrases of this kind. The blunder is frequent in 
 modem periodical writing. 
 
 /. 274. Pledge with its complicated adjuncts, and signal^ are in 
 apposition to voice. 
 
 I. 276. Repeat heard before on. The po >jrbial clause when it raged^ 
 will then (qualify the participle so suppliou. 
 
 i 
 
nooK I.] 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 6d 
 
 {fir. 
 
 I. 277. In all assatdts forms an .'ittribntivc adjunct to signal. {Gr, 
 362, 4.) 
 
 /. 279. Before [t/tey will soon] revive, repeat the whole sentence if 
 once — signal ; and the clause though now — amazed, must be taken with 
 each of the sentences so formed, qualifying the predicates will resume 
 and will revive. 
 
 I. 280. Grovelling and prostrate are complements of the predicate lie, 
 
 I. 281. After erewhile supply lay. 
 
 I. 282. In full : it was no wonder that we, fallen such a perninona 
 Height, lay astounded and amazed. The clause that we, &c., is a sub- 
 stantive clause in apposition to it. [Gr. 511.) 
 
 Such a height forms an adverbial phrase qualifying fallen. {Gr. 
 373, 3.) 
 
 /. 284. His shield cast : a nominative absolute, forming an adverbial 
 adjunct of was moving. {Gr. 373, 5.) 
 
 /. 285. [Of] ethereal temper : an attributive adjunct of shield. {Gr. 
 3G2, 4.) 
 
 I. 287. The phrase [to] the moon is adverbial in its force, and quali- 
 fies like, which agrees with the subject circumference. 
 
 I. 288. The Tuscan artist. Galileo. 
 
 I. 290. Before in Valdarno we must repeat whose orbs — at evening. 
 Tlie adverbial phrase to descry, &c. {Gr. 190), belongs to both 
 sontcnces, and must therefore be inserted after Fenole, as well as after 
 Valdarno. It must, however, be separated into three separate 
 phrases: — 1. To descry new lands in her spotty globe. 2. To descry 
 new rivers, &c. 3. To descry new mountains, &c. 
 
 I. 292. Take he walked with before his spear. 
 
 To equal — wand. A complex adjective phrase qualifying spear. To 
 equal tvhich is an adverbial plirase attached to were. 
 
 I. 293. To be the mast^ &c. An adverbial phrase qualifying 
 hewn. 
 
 I. 297. The word clime (clima^ in ancient wiitera, means much the 
 Banie as zone, and is loosely applied both to the terrestrial zouph and 
 to analogous divisions of the (supposed) vault of heaven, as Virgil 
 says (Cleorg. I. 233) : Quinqti^ tenent cwlmn zona:. It is obvious that 
 Milton has this latter application of the word in mind. 
 
 /. 299. Nathless. That is, na (or not) the less. 
 
 I. 300. Before called supply tiil he. This clause and the last are 
 adverbial clauses of time, qualifying endured. 
 
 I. 301. The compound clause who lay — chariot-wheels,ia an adjective 
 clause qualifying legions. 
 
54 
 
 PAl^ADISE LOST. 
 
 [book I. 
 
 B 
 
 I. 302. Thick, &G., had better be taken as an attributive adjunct oi 
 who. 
 
 Ai anttimnal leaves that — imbnwer [are thielc]. An adverbial clause 
 of degree {Gr. 421) attached to thick. The adverb as at the beffinning 
 of the clause qualifies thick, understood. 
 
 /. 303. Where — imboiver. An adjective clause qualifying Vallom- 
 brosa. {Gr. 410.) 
 
 /. 304. Before scattered introduce as, nnd after njloat supply is thick. 
 This clause (which goes on to /. 311), like the last, qualifies thick in 
 /. 302. The clause from when to chariot-tvheels is an adverbial clause 
 of time attached to is, supplied in /. 304. 
 
 /. 306. The Red Sea coast, whose. Sec.. Tliis is a harsh construction, 
 as the combination of words Picd Sm coast forms in fact a single com- 
 pound noun, whereas whose is intended to refer to Red Sea only. For 
 analytical purposes it may be altered to the coast of the Red Sea. 
 Tlie adjective clause, tvhose waves, &c., goes on to the word chariot- 
 wheels. 
 
 I. 307. To give the name Busiris to the Pharaoh of the Exodus is a 
 mere poetic licence. The Busiris of the Greek writers was a merely 
 mythical personage. No king of that name oi^curs even in the 
 dynasties of Manetho. 
 
 /. 308. While — chariot-wheels. A compound adverbial sentence 
 qualifying overthrew. 
 
 I. 309. Who beheld, &o. An adjective clause qualifying the object 
 sojourners. 
 
 I. 311. Take bestrown, abject, and lost as complements of lay. 
 
 I. 313. Under amazement, &c. An adverbial adjunct of lay. 
 
 I. 314. That all — resounded. An adverbial clause co-ordinate with 
 ao. {Gr. 618.) , 
 
 ^.317. If such, &o. An adverbial clause of condition qualifying 
 the adjective lost. 
 
 I. 317. As this [astonishment ts]. An adjective clause co-ordinate 
 with such. See Gr. 412. 
 
 /. 318. Or have ye, &c. There is no grammatical connection between 
 this sentence and the preceding words, which merely form a complex 
 vocative. Or must either be left out, or vreated as equivalent to 
 whether. 
 
 I. 319. After the toil of battle. An adverbial adjunct of repose. 
 
 I. 320. Virtue = virtus {valour). For the ease — heaven. An ad- 
 irerbial adjunct of have chosen. Before youfnd supply which. 
 
 I. 321. To slumber here, &c. An attributive adjunct of ease. {Or. 
 
 3( 
 
 <h; 
 
BOOTT T.] 
 
 K0TE8. 
 
 5". 
 
 {Or. 
 
 362, t.) ^s \j/e /^'timbered] in the vales of heaven is an adverbial clause 
 qualifying to slumber. 
 
 l. 32o. With arms and ensigns. An adverbial adjunct of the parti- 
 ciple rolling. 
 
 Till anon — gulf. A compound adverbial clause of time qualifying 
 raUing. It might almost equally well be attached to the verb beholds. 
 In full : till anon — advantage, and [till his swift pursuers'^ descending— 
 (h-oophig, or [till his swift pursuers'] — gulf. 
 
 I. 332. Beforo when insert men spring up. 
 
 The old meaning of watch is keep awake. 
 
 I. 333. Supply him before tvhom. 
 
 I. 334. Firist leave out and bestir, and then repeat the whole sentence 
 vp they sprang — awake, substituting bestir for rouse. After ere put in 
 theg are. We thus get an adverbial clause of time qualifying rouse 
 and bestir. 
 
 I. 335. [And] they did not not perceive, &c. Take the first not with 
 did, and the second with its complement perceive. 
 
 I. 33fi. In analysis, for or substitute [and] they did not. 
 
 I. 337. To, &o. The old-fashioned con.struction. See Jlom. vi. 10. 
 His servants ye are to whom ye obey. 
 
 I. 338. After as put in the locusts were numberless: to the verb ivcre, 
 thus supplied, the compound adverbial clause ichen — Nile is attached. 
 The whole adverbial sentence is co-ordinate with .so in /. 344. 
 
 I. 339. Amram's son. Moses. (See Exodus vi. 20.) 
 Wared, a participle agreeing with wrtwrf. 
 To warp is to move forward with a zigzag or unsteady 
 
 Like night. (See note on /. 287.) Before darkened repeat 
 
 I. 340 
 
 I. 341 
 motion. 
 
 I. 343 
 that. 
 
 I. 344. Take numberless as an attributive adjunct of angels, and 
 hovering as the complement {Gr. 392, 323) of the verb tverc seen. 
 
 I. 347. Till at — brimstone. An adverbial clause, qualifying were 
 seen. The uplifted spear waving, is a nominative absolute, forming 
 an adverbial adjunct to light. {Or. 373, o.) 
 
 I. 3o0. Before fill repeat till at a — their course, they. Another 
 adverbial clause co-ordinate with the last. 
 
 /. 351. Multitude, with its adjuncts, is in apposition to they, and 
 must be taken in each of the preceding adverbial clausf s. 
 
 /. 351. Like which — sands. An adjective clause qualifying multi' 
 ttide. 
 
 L 352. After loins supply a multitude ; the adjective like will then 
 
 ■ 
 
 m 
 
m 
 
 90 
 
 PARADISB LOST. 
 
 [book t 
 
 agree with this nonn ; which being in the adverbial relation to iik$. 
 (See note on /. 287.) 
 
 /. 353. First leave out or the Danaw, and take all that remains aa 
 one sentonco; then repeat the whole, substituting the JJamw for 
 jRhene. Rhene ia an affected imitation of the Latin form Rhentts^ 
 while Danaw ia a rather clumsy approximation to the German 
 Donau. 
 
 I. 364. Before spread repeat when her barbarous sons. Both these 
 adverbial clauses of time qualify poured. 
 
 I. 357. Where stood, &c. This is an adjective clause, defining the 
 idea of place involved in the word thicher. For analysis, to that place 
 had better be substituted for thither {Or. 410). The nouns shapes, 
 forms, dignities, and powers, are in apposition to heads and leaders. 
 
 I. 360. Erst is the superlative (Germ, erst), answering to the com- 
 parative ere (Germ. eher). 
 
 I. 361. Though — life. An adverbial clause of condition, qualifying 
 sat. Blotted and rased must be taken to agree with names. Tlie only 
 way of making the participles refer to memorial (which is in some 
 respects the most natural), would be to supply the words the memorial 
 being before blotted. We shoxUd then get a nominative absolute form- 
 ing iiu adverbial adjimct to be. {Gr. 373, 5.) 
 
 /. 365. Them is in the adverbial relation to got. {Gr. 373, 4.) 
 
 Till — deities. A compound adverbial clause of time, qualifying 
 the predicate got. 
 
 I. 368. To forsake^ &o. ; to transform, &c. ; and to adwe, &c., form 
 adverbial adjuncts of corrupted. {Or. 190, 373, 2.) 
 
 /. 372. Religions =s Lat. religiones (rehgious ceremonies). 
 
 I. 376. Sag — aloof. Make two co-ordinate sentences of this, by first 
 leaving out who last, and then substituting who last for who first. The 
 construction is : Say the then known names of those who, &c. Their is a 
 substantive pronoun in the possessive case. {6r. 141). 
 
 /. 378. As next in worth. An elliptical adverbial clause, qualifying 
 eame. In full : As [^potetitates] next in worth [would come}. 
 
 I. 381. Fiotn the pit of hell. An adverbial adjunct of roaming. 
 
 I. 382. Fix, complement of the verb of incoinplf^te predication 
 durst. 
 
 I. 383. \To] the seat of Ood is in the adverbial relation to the adjec- 
 tive next, which is the complement of the verb fx. 
 
 I. 384. Repeat who from the pit of hell roaming to seek their prey oti 
 earth durst fix, before their altar ; and who from the pit — on earth 
 before durst abide, before often placed (/. 387), before with cursed 
 
 1 
 
 th 
 a 
 
fpng 
 form 
 
 lyjng 
 
 BOOK I.] 
 
 W0TE8. 
 
 67 
 
 We then get 
 (/. 381) is in 
 
 thitiffs (/. 389), and before with thei*" darkntsa (/. 891). 
 a Hories of adjective clauses qualifTing' those. Gods 
 apposition to who. 
 
 I. 387. Yea is in reality an interjection. 
 
 /. 392. Supply the predicate came in this sentence. 
 
 /, 393. Put in with heiore parentu'. 
 
 I 394. Thouf/h, &o. This adverbial clause must be attached to 
 besmeared. The force of the conjunction though is not very evident. 
 Su])ply were before unheard. (Compare Levit. xviii. 21 ; Jer. vii. 31 ; 
 xxxii-'So.) 
 
 /. 396. Him the Ammonite worshipped. See 1 Kings xi. 5, 7. it 
 appears from these passages that Milcom was another name for 
 Moloch or Molech. 
 
 I. 397. Rabba. See 2 Samuel xii. 26, 27. 
 
 /. 398. Argob. See Numbers xxi. 13 — 16 ; Deut. iii. 10 — 16. 
 
 I. 399. Take nor as equivalent to and not. 
 
 I. 401. To build, &c. An adverbial adjunct of led. {Or. 190, 
 373, 2.) 
 
 /. 403. That opprobrious hill. A portion of the Mount of Olives, 
 wliioh lay before, i.e., to the east of Jerusalem. 
 
 Grove is the complement of the predicate made, the object of wliicih 
 is valley. 
 
 I. 404. The origin of the name Tophet is disputed. One derivation 
 is from Toph, a drum (see /. 394). The valley of Hinnom, or Geheuuaf 
 was on the south-east of Jerusalem. 
 
 I. 406. Supply the predicate came. 
 
 I. 407. From Aroer to — Abarim. An attributive adjunct of dread. 
 The construction is very crabbed. The pas.sage means, Chernov, who 
 was dreaded {or worshipped) by MoaVs sons from Aroer, &c. 
 
 /. 407. Aroer. There were four towns of this name. The one 
 here meant was situated on the river Amon. Abarim was a ridge of 
 mountains to the east of the Dead Sea. It appears that Nebo was 
 the name of one mountain in the ridge, and Pisgah the name of the 
 highest peak of that mountain. {Deut. xxxii. 49; xxxiv. 1.) 
 
 /. 408. Hesebofi or Heshbon. See Numbers xxi. 26. 
 
 /. 410. Compare Isaiah xvi. 8, 9. 
 
 /. 411. Asphaltic pool. Josephus calls the Dead Sea the Limnt 
 Asphaltites. The bed of the lake contains large quantities of bitumen, 
 hxmps of which are frequently detached, and rise to the surface. 
 From the excessive saltness of its waters, it is called {Genesis xiv. 3) 
 the S<ilt Sea. At the southern end the lake appears to have broken 
 
 
 Mi 
 
08 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [book I. 
 
 through its original boundary, and submerg-ed the cities of the plain 
 (Sodom, Gomorrah, &c.) 
 
 L 412. Attcr P'jor, supply being or tvas, either of which will be 
 qualified by the adverbial clause when he enticed — uoe, 
 
 I. 416. Jii/ the yrove. An attributive adjunct of hill. 
 
 I. 417. After lust, supply being . The adverbial phrase thus funned 
 (see Gr. 373, 5) may be attached to enlarged. 
 
 I. 418. Till, &c. An adverbial clause qualifying enlarged. 
 
 I. 419. The bordering ^ood. See Genesis xv. 18. 
 
 /. 420. The brook. Frequently called, in our version, "Tlie river of 
 Efjypt," an epithet which ought px'ojjerly to be applied only to the 
 Nile. This confusion of names does not exist in the original. The 
 brook meant is now called the Wady-el-Arisli, running past the town 
 of El-Arish, which is called by Greek writers Rhinucorura. The 
 phrasfs /Vow the bordering Euphrates, aax\ to the brook — ground, form 
 adverbial adjuncts of had. 
 
 I. 422. Baiilim and Ashtaroth are plurals. Baal and Ashtoreth are 
 singular. After those and these supply being. We thus get two 
 nominatives absolute, forming adverbial adjuncts, qualifying had, 
 and denoting an attendant circumstance. The participle being, in 
 each, is qualified by the compound adverbial clause for spirits — or 
 both, w^liich is separable into two co-ordinate clauses. 1. For spirits, 
 when they please, can either sex assume. 2. For spirits, when they please, 
 can both sexes assttme. 
 
 I. 426. We get here five attributive adjuncts of essence. I. Not 
 tied with Joint. 2. Not manacled with Joint. 3. Not tied with limb. 
 4. Not manacled with limb. 5. Not founded on the brittle strength of 
 bones. The participle in each of these is qualified by the adverbial 
 phrase like cumbrous flesh, which must be repeated in each. 
 
 /. 428. In what shape they choose. An adverbial adjunct, consisting 
 of a preposition governing an adjective clause used substantively, 
 attached to each of the infinitives execute, and fulfil. 
 
 I. 429. We have in this sentence three co-ordinate principal clauses. 
 1. In what shape they choose they can execute their aery purposes. 2. In 
 what shape they choose they ean fulfil works of love. 3. In what shape 
 they choose they can fulfil works of enmity. If the adjectives in /. 429 
 qualify they, all the above clauses must be repeated with each of these 
 adjectives introduced into it, so that we shall get twelve sentencee 
 altogether. If dilated, &c., refer to shape, each of these adjectives 
 must be expanded into an adverbial clause : [if they choose a] dilated 
 [shape'], &c., then all the three principal clauses must be repeated 
 
HOOK 1.3 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 59 
 
 auses. 
 
 2. In 
 t shape 
 
 /. 429 
 : these 
 Lteucea 
 ectives 
 dilated 
 peated 
 
 
 with each of these adverbial clauses attached to the predicates, giving 
 us twelve in all, a.s before. 
 
 /. 433. Before unfrequented, repeat /or these the race of Israel oft. 
 
 I. 43ij. Ivr which. Take these words as equivalent to and for this. 
 Which does not refer to any particular word. Take Imvcd as the 
 predicute, and mnk as an attributive adjunct of heads. As is used 
 as a simple adverb, in the sense of equalh/. 
 
 I. 439. Queen — horns. Attributive adjunct of Ashtoreth. 
 
 I. 442. ir/irrp stood — idols foul. An adjective clause, qualifying 
 Sion. (Compare line 403, and 1 Kinqs xi. .5.) 
 
 I. 444. Thoiiffh [it teas'] large. An adverbial clause attached to fell. 
 
 The idolatry of the Syrians, Phoenicians, and other Eastern nations 
 embodied one feature, which, under various modifications, was essen- 
 tially the same, — that is, the worship of the fecundating and productive 
 powers of nature, personified in a male and a female divinity, called 
 Baal (or Bel) and Ashtoreth (or Astarte) ; the former being commonly 
 symbolized by, or identified vdth, the sun, the latter with the earth, 
 or (more commonly) the moon. Tliere was naturally a good deal of 
 confusion between the sun and the moon in the above-mentioned 
 symbolical aspect, and the sun and the moon simply as heavenly 
 bodies. Hence we find all the host of heaven associated with Baal and 
 Ashtoreth (2 Kings xxiii. 4, where the word rendered grove is a 
 name for Ashtoreth, or at least for her image.) In Babylon the astro- 
 logical aspect of the religion prevailed; and sometimes Baal and 
 Ashtoreth were identified with the planets Jupiter and Venus. The 
 Greeks naturally found a great deal of resemblance between Astarte 
 and their own Aphrodite. As the supreme female divinity, she was 
 also confounded with Hera, or Juno. As identified with the mt)on, 
 the sometimes bears the name Diana. The Diana of the Ephesians 
 was identical with Ashtoreth. Among the Tyrians Baal was called 
 Melkarth. whom the Greeks spoke of as the Tyrian Hercules. 
 
 I. 446. Thammuz was the same as the mythological personage whom 
 the Greeks called Adonis. He was represented as a beautiful youth, 
 beloved by Aplirodite, who war 'rilled by a boar, but was allowed by 
 Zeus to spend part of every year with his beloved Aphrodite in the 
 upper world. The Grecian myth was of Syiian or Phoenician origin. 
 Thammuz appears to have been a personification of the tender verdure 
 of spring wounded and destroyed by the parching heats of summer, 
 and during the winter buried, as it were, in the lower world, but 
 re-appearing again with the return of spring. A little Syrian river 
 risingp in Lebtwon was c^ed Adouis. Xts waters are in fact tiu^;ed 
 
60 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [book L 
 
 red after heavy rains by the soil through which it flows. The con- 
 nection between the name of the youth and that of the river is not 
 clearly made out. 
 
 I. 451. Purple is the complement of ran. Supposed must be am- 
 plifiod into an adverbial clause {as it was supposed), which, like ihe 
 adverbial phrase with blood — wounded^ is attached to the adjective 
 purple. 
 
 I. 466. See Ezekiel viii. 13. 
 
 I. 469. Head and hands lopped off, A nominative absolute, forming 
 an adverbial adjunct of maimed. 
 
 I. 460. Orunsel=groundsillf i.e., threshold. 
 
 /. 461. Before shamed repeat where he. See 1 Sam. v. 4. 
 
 I. 402. A very crabbed construction. Perhaps Dagon [being'] hit 
 name had better be taken as a nominative absolute, forming an ad- 
 verbial adjunct {Gr. 373,6) to came; and sea-monster, man, and _/i'«A, 
 as attributive adjuncts of one. Man and fish^ being in fact ac^ectiv0$ 
 in force, are qualified by adverbs. 
 
 /. 463. After get supply he. 
 
 I. 464. Azotus is the same as Ashdod. 
 
 Dreaded agrees with he understood (/. 463), 
 
 /. 465. See 1 Samuel vi. 17. Gen. x. 19. 
 
 /. 470. See 2 Xmgs v. 
 
 /. 472. Ahaz is in apposition to king and conqueror , and the adjective 
 clause whom he drew — vanquished is in the attributive relation to 
 Ahaz. 
 
 I. 474. The phrases whereon to bum, &c., and [whereon to'] adore, &o., 
 are attributive adjuncts of altar (understood) in "for one altar." 
 
 I. 477. Under uames, &c. An adverbial adjunct of abused. 
 
 I. 480. To seek— forms. An adverbial adjunct of abused. The ad- 
 Terb rather qualifies seek, and is itself qualified and defined by the 
 adverbial clause than [they sought their wandering gods soon'] in human 
 [forms]. (See Gr. 547, 656, 656.) Osiris and Isis were to the 
 Egyptians much the same as Baal and Ashtoreth to the Syrian 
 nations. 
 
 /. 481. Brutish forms. The bull Apis was usually represented as a 
 symbol or incarnation of Osiris. Anubis was represented as a dog, or 
 with a dog's head ; Horus with the liead of a hawk ; Ammon as a 
 ram, or with the head of a ram; Mendes as a goat. Numerous 
 animals, also, as the dog, cat, goat, crocodile, ichneumon, monkey, 
 ibis, hawk, &c., were objects of religious worship. 
 
 I. 482. Mr did Israel esoape^ i.e., And Israel did not escape^ fta 
 
 
BOOK T.] 
 
 irOTES. 
 
 61 
 
 le ad- 
 |by the 
 
 human 
 I to the 
 I Syrian 
 
 sd as a 
 log, or 
 In as a 
 
 lerous 
 lonkey, 
 
 The worship of the golden ralf was of courne borrowed from that of 
 the bull Apis. 
 
 /. 484. The rebel king. Jeroboam. See 1 Kings xii. 
 
 /. 488. Equalled. That is, levelled, laid low. 
 
 I. 490. Than whom a spirit — heaven, and [than whom a gpirit"] mor$ 
 ffro8» to love vice fot- itself [fell not from heaven"], are two adjective 
 claiiBes qualifying Belial. The oonstrucition of the rlliptical adverbial 
 clauHO than whom is quite anomalous. No explanation can be given 
 of the objective case in which the relative is used. If a pernonal 
 pronoun were used, the clause would run : A spirit more lewd than he 
 [was lewd] fell not from heaven; and there is no rea.son why the 
 relative pronoun should have a different construction. (See I. 493.) 
 Under these circumstances, it is useless to attempt to fill up the 
 ellipsis. The clause qualifies more. To love, &o., is an adverbial 
 adjunct of gross. 
 
 f. 493. In analysis leave out or, and put in to him no, before altar. 
 After who put in ioas. Than he [was oft], an elliptical adverbial 
 clause qualifying more. The connective adverb than, at the beginning 
 of it, qualifies oft, understood. {Or. p. 85 ; note 666, 669.) 
 
 I. 498. After and, insert he reigns. 
 
 I. 499. Of riot, of iryury, and of outrage, form three attributive 
 adjuncts of noise. 
 
 I. 502. This use oifloum is not easy of explanation. It seems to be 
 used in the sense of inflated. 
 
 1. ')03. In full : Let the streets of Sodom witness, and let that night in 
 Gibeah witness. Genesis xix. 1 — 1 1 ; Judges xix. 22. 
 
 /. 507. Long is the complement of the predicate were, and to tell is 
 in the adverbial relation to long. The rest is the subject of the 
 sentence. To tell is used in its original sense ii to count. So tale 
 means a number, as when we read of the tale of bricks, we spend our 
 gears as a tale that is told, i.e., as a number which is counted oflf, onef 
 two, three, &c. After thour/h, insert fheg were. 
 
 I. 508. Javan was lie siu r Ja:)hpth (Gen. x. 2), and the ancestor 
 of the Ionian Of Javan s instie forms an attributive adjunct of 
 
 gods, and */> .i appositio ^o the rest. After parents supply nrre 
 
 late. The ise, Than—pai,^nts [were late], qualifies the adverb 
 later. 
 
 I. 510. Properly sj taJong, Titan was not the name of any one 
 divinity. (See note on I. 197.) It is n' easy to sec how Titan is 
 to be constructed, unless we supply after it was far renoirned. 
 
 t. 515. Ida is the Cretan mountain. Zeiis was said to have beea 
 
m 
 
 mm 
 
 I ! 
 
 62 
 
 PARADfSK LOST. 
 
 [book I. 
 
 bom and ronred in tho Dictiuan cavo, whicli was in tho Crrtim rango 
 of mountiiiiis. fjti the hhoui/ fop of cold Ohnnpus may bo taken as an 
 adverbial adjunct of rulrd, of which thi'Hc is tho snbjoc^t. 
 
 /. hXI. Aft<'r clif, Jhdoiio, and linid, HUi)j>ly these ruled the mirldle 
 air. Aixdlo was Hpocially w<>r,Mhipp«Hl at Dolphi, Zeus at Dodonu 
 in Epirus. 
 
 /, 619. JVho with — iales. A compound adjoclive chiuse (pialifying 
 an antecedent imderntodd, tlie construction of which, if expressed, is 
 not very obvious. The whoh' passage is excessively harsh and irre- 
 gular. 
 
 /. o'iO. Tlie Italian agricultural divinity Saturntis had n(>tliinfr 
 whatever to do with the Grecian Cronus. The only reason >vny 
 they were subsequently identified seems to have been that they were 
 both very ancient divinities. Saturnus was i)i'operly tho god of 
 plenty. Tlie name is derived from Katnr — full. Ops {alixuddiur) was 
 his wife. 
 
 /. 521. The Celtic probably means the Celtic ocean. 
 
 I. 522. After all these supply came Jloekimj. After hut put in they 
 came focking, 
 
 I. 523. Such ivhereitt. There is no way of making tliese words hang 
 together, except by expanding sucfi into with .such looks. The clause 
 wherein — loss itself .vill then be an adjective clause qualifying lookSf 
 and co-onlinate with such. [Gr. 412.) 
 
 /. 524. Tho two phrases bt>giniiing with to have found, form attribu- 
 tive adjuncts of Jot/, {dr. [Wl, 4.) 
 
 I. 526. Which seems to relate not t<» any pjirticular word, but to 
 the general idea suggesttxl by the previous iiassage. For analysis it 
 may be replaced by ainl these eoujh'rfiui/ feeliui/s, or something of tho 
 kind. 
 
 /. 529. Not substance. In fidl : that did not hear substance of worth. 
 
 I. 530. Before dispelled insert he his wonted— substance. 
 
 I. 534. As his rii/ht. An elliptical adverbial clause, qualifying 
 claimed. In full : as [//<■ would e/aiiii] his riijlil. 
 
 I. 537. Like 'aay be taken either as an adjective qualifying which 
 (as though e(j[u'valent to resemblimj), or as an adverb (similiter), quali- 
 fyuig shone. In either ciuse it is itself (luahtied by tho adverbial 
 phrase [to] a tneteor, &c. 
 
 /. 538. Rich is here uwd adverbially. [^With] seraphic arms and 
 [with seraphic] trophies, are adverbial adjuncts of emblazed. 
 
 I. 640. Metal blowing, &c. A nouiiuative absolute, formin|j^ ai| 
 •dverbial adjunct of unfurled. 
 
 
BOOK I. 
 
 fiOOK I.] 
 
 K0TE8. 
 
 6^ 
 
 an rang*' 
 (en iw an 
 
 'ic middle 
 Dodnna 
 
 nalifyiuiT 
 
 and irre- 
 
 n()(l\in>r 
 Koii why 
 lioy wcro 
 ; gtxl of 
 itncv) was 
 
 it in they 
 
 >rds liang 
 ho clause 
 iiig' lookSf 
 
 aUribu- 
 
 , Imt. to 
 lalysis it 
 ^ of tho 
 
 worth. 
 lalifyiii 
 
 ig- ichich 
 •), (inali- 
 wlverbial 
 
 rms and 
 
 uin^j^ aQ 
 
 /. 541. At which — tii^J:t. A compound adjective clause, not qualify- 
 ing any substantive in particular, but refeiTing generally to the ant 
 described ir Mie preceding passage. For analysis substiiute and at 
 this. Reign is used in the sense of realm (Lat. reguum), 
 
 I. 644. AH. An adverb qualifying the adverbial phrase in a 
 moment. 
 
 I, 646. Milton uses rise (without to) after the passive verb, just as 
 it is used after the active ; as, / saw him rise. It forms tho comple- 
 ment of the predicate were seen. 
 
 I. 549. After innumerable repeat appeared. 
 
 I. 660. The Dorian mood was a partioidar key or scale adf)ptcd by 
 the Dorians for their mclodico, and depending partly upon tho pitch 
 or key-note of the scale, and partly upon the musical intervals 
 betwpcu tho successive notes of it. 
 
 I. 661. Such agrees with mood, and U co-ordinate with the elliptical 
 adjective sentence, as [^the mood was which'\ raised — battle and which 
 imtead — retreat. {Gr. 412.) 
 
 /. 566. To flight and to foul retrcaty form adverbial adjuncts of 
 unmoved. 
 
 I. 666. Wanting agrees with mood. To mitigate^ to swage, to chase, 
 &c,, form attributive adjuncts of power. Swage (commonly assuage) 
 is derived from the Latin suavis. So diluvium gives rise to deluge. 
 
 I. 662. O'er the burnt soil is an attributive adjunct of steps, 
 
 I. 661i. Front is in apposition to they. 
 
 I. 666. It is, perhaps, best to take tvhat as an interrogative pronoun. 
 Tlie clause what — impose will then be a substantive clause, the object 
 of awaiting. 
 
 I. 668. Traverse ; that is, transversely. With each of the objects, 
 order, visages, and stature, repeat he views, 
 
 I. 670. As of gods. 
 
 I. 573. For never, &c. This sentence poes on to /. 687. It should 
 bo attached to the predicate of each of the preceding sentences, distends 
 and glories. 
 
 Since created man. Tliat is, since man was created. An imitation of 
 the Latin idiom post urbem conditam, ante me consttlem, &c. 
 
 /. 674. Tlie elliptical adjective clause as named — cranes explains 
 such. In full it is: . "» [the force would be which] named with these 
 could merit more than that small infantry warred on by cranes [could 
 merit much"]. The subordinate adverbial clause than — cranes qualifies 
 tfMre. {Gr. 647, 653.) 
 
 I. 676. Miltun here refers to the Pygmaei, a fabulous race of tia> 
 
 
64 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [BOOK 1. 
 
 dwarfs, a cubit high, mentioned by Homer {II. iii. 6) as dwelling on 
 the sliores of Oceanus, where they had yearly to carry on a fight with 
 the cranes. Other writers located them on the banks of the Nile, in 
 the extreme north, or to the east of the Ganges. 
 
 /. 676. Though all — gods. An adverbial clause of concession, 
 qualifying met. 
 
 I. 577. The Gigantes, or Earth-bom (see note on I. 197) were fabled 
 to have been born in the plains of Phlegra. The name indicates a 
 volcanic district of some kind. Conflicting accounts fix this region 
 in Sicily, Macedonia, and Campania. 
 
 I. 679. Mixed agrees with that, the subject of the verb fought. 
 Tlie reader of Greek mythology will remember that various gods took 
 different sides in the Trojan war, and the war of the Seven against 
 Thebes. 
 
 Before what insert with. The clause what resounds — knights, is an 
 adjective clause used substantively, and governed by with. The 
 whole phrase [tvithl U'hat — Knights, forms another adverbial adjunct 
 of were Joined. The construction of the passage is more definite than 
 its sense. 
 
 I. 680. Uther's son. King Arthur. Anncmca obtained its name of 
 Brotagne or Brittany from the British tribes, who retreated thither 
 before the Saxons, and carried Avith them the legends of King Arthur, 
 who is quite as much an Armorican as a British hero. 
 
 I. 682. Before all insert with. With all, &c., forms another ad- 
 verbial adjunct of rvere joined. Who since, &c., subdivides itself into 
 the following clauses: — 1. Who since, baptized, jousted in Aspramont. 
 2, 3, 4, 5. The same clause repeated, with the substitution (suc- 
 cessively) of Montalban, Damasco, Marocco, and Trebizoml, for Aspra- 
 mont. Then all these five clauses must be repeated, with the 
 Bubstitution of injidcl for baptized. "We thus get ten adjective claiises 
 qualifying all. Aspramont was a town in the Netherlands. Montal- 
 ban was on the borders of Languedoc. Trebizond (the ancient 
 Trapezus) is connected with the exploits of St. George. 
 
 /. 686. Before whom supply though all the giant brood of Phlegra were 
 joined with those. Fontarabia was a town in Biscay. The Saracens 
 crossed into Spain from Biserta in Afi'ica. This account of the death 
 of Charlemagne rests on Spanish authority only. French writers 
 represent him as victorious. 
 
 /. 687. These is the subject of the sentence. The phrase beyond 
 compare of (i.e., comparison with) mortal prowess forms an attributive 
 adjunct of these, and is itself qualified by thutfiw. 
 
OOK 1. 
 
 ling on 
 ht with 
 Nile, in 
 
 iceasion, 
 
 e fabled 
 licates a 
 i region 
 
 fought. 
 
 ods took 
 
 against 
 
 ts, is an 
 
 th. The 
 
 adjunct 
 
 [lite than 
 
 name of 
 1 thither 
 • Arthvir, 
 
 ther ad- 
 self into 
 tpraniont. 
 m (snc- 
 Aspra- 
 ith the 
 clauses 
 Montal- 
 ancient 
 
 \(/ra irere 
 
 iaracens 
 
 \e death 
 
 writers 
 
 beyond 
 Iributive 
 
 BOOK I.] 
 
 N0TE8. 
 
 es 
 
 I. 691. Like a tower. See note on /. 537. 
 
 /. 692. Nor appeared. That is, and his fo-.m appeared not. Lest 
 is the complement of appeared, and is qualified by the elliptical 
 adverbial clauses than Archangel ruined [would appear great], and 
 than the excess of glory obscured [would appear great], 
 
 I. 694. Before as supply his form appeared; and after as supply 
 the sun appears. 
 
 I. 596. After or supply his form appeared as the sun appears when he. 
 
 I. 698. Before with put in when he. 
 
 I. 601. Intrenched. TYi^.i in, furrowed. Yrench, trancher. 
 
 I. 602. Before under repeat care sat. 
 
 I. 604. After cruel put in was, and repeat his eye before cast. 
 
 I. 605. To behold — in pain. An adverbial adjunct of cast. To 
 behold is equivalent to at beholding. 
 
 I. 606. The followers rather. This had better be taken as an ellip- 
 tical parenthesis [they should be called] the followers rather. 
 
 I. 609. Millions, &c. This may be taken as a noun in apposition 
 io fellows, or we may repeat before it, his eye cast signs of remorse and 
 passion to behold. 
 
 I. 611. It would be as well to repeat to behold before how. We thus 
 get another adverbial adjunct of cast {I. 604). The clause how they, 
 &c., will then be a substantive clause, the object of behold. 
 
 I. 612. Their glory withered. A nomin,' ♦^^ive absolute, in the adverbial 
 relation to stood. 
 
 As — heath. A compound adverbial clause qualifying stood. The 
 subject of it is growth, the predicate stands. To fill up the ellipse 
 first leave out or mountain pines, and next repeat the whole, substi- 
 tuting mountain pines ioT forest oaks. 
 
 /. 614. Though [they be] bare. An adverbial clause quali iug 
 stands. 
 
 I. 616. Whereat must be taken as equivalent to and at this. 
 
 I. 620. As [tears are which] angels weep. An elliptical adjof tive 
 clause co-ordinate with su4sh. (See Gr. 412.) 
 
 /. 623. But with the Almighty. An "dverbial phrase qualifying 
 matchless. It is itself made up of a preposition but (see Or. o04), 
 governing (apparently) another adverbial phrase, as in never hut now, 
 anywhere but here, and so forth. The adverb or adverbial pi i rase 
 after but should be expanded into some kind of substantive expression. 
 
 /. 626. Repeat as after and, and testifies after utter. 
 
 I. 629. After gods supply eould ever know repulse. The next clause, 
 how such [beinge] at [beingt were who] ttood like these — repulse, wiU form 
 
 1 
 
6A 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [BOOK I. 
 
 
 another object oi feared : or the whole sentence may be repeated with 
 each clause. 
 
 /. 631. Supply it be after though. 
 
 I. 633. To re-ascend, &c., may be .;aken as the objVot of /nil. 
 
 I. 635. lie need not be taken a.s an imperative. It is a subjunctive, 
 with the force of the Greek optative. 
 
 /. 636. After different insert have lost our hopes ; and after or 
 repeat if. 
 
 I. 638. Till then. See note on /. 623. After secure supply sits. Re- 
 peat he who reigns — upheld by before consent, and cKstoni. 
 
 I. 641. Repeat he who — till then before j)Ht and before still. 
 
 I. 642. Which does not relate to any one word in the preceding 
 sentence. Treat it as equivalent to aud this. 
 
 /. 643. In full: 1. Hcnci forth his might we know so as [we should 
 know his might] not to (that is, in order that we mag not) provoke fiew 
 war. 2. Henceforth [we] know our own [tnight] so as [we should know 
 our own might] not to dread new war [if toe be] provoked. 
 
 I. 647. That he, &c. An abverbial clause qualifying to work. On 
 the construction of the connective adverb that, see Gr. 528. 
 
 I. 648. Before who supply that he. The clause introduced by this 
 conjunction is a substantive clause, the object of may find. 
 
 I. 650. Space here means lapse of time. (Compare I. 50.) The clause 
 whereof — heaven had better be taken as an adjective clause qualifying 
 worlds. Whereof should be taken as an attributive adjunct of the 
 (understood) object of create, the import of the sentence being " that 
 he intended to create some worlds of which sort, and therein plant 
 
 heaven, there went so rife a fame in heaven." The structure 
 
 of the sentence is very obscure. Rife is the complement of the pre- 
 dicate went. The clause that he ere loyig — heaven is a substantive clause 
 in apposition to fame. An object {some worlds) must be supplied after 
 create. Lqual had better be taken as the complement of should 
 favour. 
 
 I. 666. If but to pry. An elliptical adverbial clause, qualifying 
 shall be. In full : If our eruption be but (i.e., onlg) to pry. R(^])eat 
 the whole sentence with elsewhere instead of thither, and in each sen- 
 tence insert the adverbial clauses : for this infernal — in bondage, and 
 for the abyss shall not long under darkness cover celestial spirits. 
 
 I. 6fa^. Two co-ordinate sentences: 1. War then open must be 
 resolved. 2. War then understood must be resolved. 
 
 I. 673. Before undoubted supply this was an. The clause that in his 
 ^-4ulphur is a substantive dause in apposition to si^n. 
 
OOK I. 
 
 3d with 
 
 inctive, 
 iftei? nr 
 s. Ile- 
 
 ■ecedlng 
 
 c slionld 
 <oke new 
 lid know 
 
 rk. On 
 
 by this 
 
 e clause 
 
 alifying 
 
 of the 
 
 ♦' that 
 
 in plant 
 
 uctiirc 
 
 le pre- 
 
 e clause 
 
 ed after 
 
 should 
 
 alifying 
 Ropoat 
 oil 8eu- 
 
 iffe, and 
 
 must be 
 at in hi* 
 
 BOOK I.] 
 
 N0TE8. 
 
 «7 
 
 /. 674. In the infancy of chemistry and mineralofry it was ima- 
 gined that the various metals wore produced by the action of 
 sulphur upon mercury, which was regarded as the basis of all 
 metallic matter. 
 
 I. 67'>. yis [men haateti] when, &o. An elliptical adverbial clause 
 qualifying hastened. 
 
 I. 678. Before ca«t repeat when bands of — the royal camp to. 
 
 I. 679. Leave out the second Matmnon in the analysis. Spirit, with 
 its attributive adjective clause, that fell from heaven, is in apposition 
 to Mammon. 
 
 I. 680, For e*en, &c. Before this adverbial clause siipply some such 
 sentence as / say least erected, to the predicate of which it will be 
 attached. 
 
 /. ()83. Than [he enjoyed much'] aught, &c. An elliptical adverbial 
 clauHo qualifying more. The use of or necessitates the division of 
 it into two separate clauses, with each of which the whole of the rest 
 of the 8(>uteuce has to be taken. First leave out or holy, and then 
 ropoiit for e'en in heaven — beatific, substituting holy for divine. {Gr. 
 651, 553.) 
 
 /. 690. Admire, that is, wonder, wliich is the proper meaningof the word. 
 
 I. 692. Let {ye) is a verb in the imperative mood ; those is its object, 
 and lear/i its complement. Before wondering repeat tvho. 
 
 I. 694. Of Babel and of the works, Sec, are adverbial adjuncts of tell 
 {Or. p. 101, note). 
 
 I. 696. How, &c. A substantive clause, the object of learn. {Gr. 403,) 
 
 /. 697. After and repeat how, and after perform repeat is easily out' 
 done by spirits reprobate. 
 
 I. 698. What — perform. An adjective clause {Or. 408. Note on 
 U 22), used substantively, as the subject of is outdone. 
 
 I. 703. Founded ; i.e., melted. The two meanings of found are 
 derived lYspectively from fimdcrc and fundare. 
 
 I. 704. Before scummed repeat nigh on — with tvondrous art. 
 
 I. 705. As soon. As is here a demonstrative adverb. 
 
 /. 700. Before //om repeat a t.'nrd [multitude'], 
 
 I. 711. Like, &c. See note on !. 637. 
 
 I. 713. Where, &c. An adjective clause {Or. 410) q\ialifying temple, 
 Pilasth's and pillars form a compound subject to tvere set. 
 
 I. 716. In full : There did not want cornice; there did not want frieze 
 — graven. Want is intransitive. 
 
 /. 717. Not Babylon, &o. Separate this into three sentences: 1, 
 Babyloi% equalled not mtch magnifieenoe in an it$ glories to enshrine Belut^ 
 
 n 
 
rABADISE LOST. 
 
 [BOOK I. 
 
 its god. 2. Oreat Aleairo equalled not — to enthrine Serapis, its god. S. 
 Babylon and Aleairo equalled not such magnificence in all their glories to 
 seat — luxury. ^ Milton speaks of Aleairo (a city of Arabiau origin) as 
 though it were the capital of the Pharaohs. 
 
 /. 723. Her stately height. An adverbial phrase. {Or. 373, 3.) 
 (Compare I. 282.) It qualifies ^^r^e^. 
 
 /. 724. Discover here is to disclose or uncover. Wide and within had 
 better be taken as adverbs, qualifying discover. 
 
 I. 728. Cressets. From the French croisette. 
 
 I. 730. As [they would have yielded lights from a sky. An adverbial 
 clause attached to the predicate yielded. 
 
 I. 736. Before sat repeat where sceptred angels. After princes insert 
 tit, or would have sat. The clauses beginning with where are adjective 
 clauses {Gr. 410) qualifying structure. 
 
 I. 736. And [to whom the supreme king"] gave, &c. This adjective 
 clause, like the one that precedes it, qualifies angels. To rule — bright 
 will be the objective adjunct of gave. If gave be used in the sense of 
 placed or appointed, then omit the to before whom. The phrase to rttle, 
 &c., will then be an adverbial adjunct of gave. 
 
 I. 737. £ach in his hierarchy. An elliptical expression. In full : 
 giving each to rule in his hierarchy the orders bright. 
 
 I. 738. Subdivide this contracted sentence into two. 1. Sis name 
 was not unheard in ancient Greece. 2. His nam^ was not unadored in 
 ancient Greece. 
 
 I. 747. For he, &c. An adverbial clause qualifying erring. 
 
 I. 748. Aught is in the adverbial relation to availed, the subject dl 
 which is to have built in heaven high towers. 
 
 I. 755. To be held, &c. An attributive adjunct of council. {Gr. 362, 4.) 
 
 I. 757. A contracted sentence — divide it thus : 1. Their summons 
 called from — regiment the spirits worthiest by place. 2. Their summon* 
 called from — regiment the spirits worthiest by choice. 
 
 I. 752. After wide insert thick swarmed. 
 
 I. 763. Though [it was"] like — lance. An adverbial clause, qualifying 
 the predicate swarmed. [To] a covered field is in the adverbial relation 
 so like. Covered here means listed, enclosed for combat. 
 
 I. 764. Wont is here a verb in the indicative mood. Ride is its 
 complement. 
 
 Before at repeat where champions bold. 
 
 I. 766. Before career supply where champions bold at the Soldan't 
 ehair defied the best of Panim chivalry to. Career is heie a noun. 
 With lance is an attributive adjunct of career. 
 
is its 
 
 BOOK I.] 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 69 
 
 
 /. 768. As bees — affairs. A nontractod compound adverbial clause, 
 qualifying both swarmed and were straitened, for the second of which 
 it must be repeated. 
 
 L 771. Before t/iei/ insert as. The grammatical connection between 
 this sentence and what precedes is not as close as would bo convenient. 
 
 /. 772. Insert as they before on the smoothed 2)l((>ik. 
 
 l. 774. Before confer repeat as they on the smoothed plank — ivith balm, 
 
 I. 776. Before were straitened repeat the whole clause as bees — affairt, 
 
 I. 776. Till behold a wonder. This of course is not a. legitimate con- 
 struction, grammatically speaking. For analysis substitute a wonder 
 ensued, or something of the kind. The clause is in the "dverbial rela- 
 tion to were straitened. 
 
 i. 777. But note. But here has the sense of only. 
 
 I. 778. To surpass. Sec, is the complement of the predicate seemed. 
 
 I. 779. Than smallest dwarfs [are little]. An elliptical adverbial 
 clause, qualifying less. {Gr. 563.) 
 
 I. 780. Like had better be taken as an adjective, qualifying t/>gff, 
 (See I. 575.) 
 
 /. 781. Before /ffc77/ repeat they but now — numberless, like. 
 
 I. 782. A compound contracted adjective clause. First leave out 
 or fountain and or dreams he sees. Next repeat the sentence so formed, 
 with the substitution of fountain for forest-side. Thirdly, repeat each 
 of these sentences with the substitution of dreams he sets for sees. 
 
 I. 784. [That] he sees, &c. A substantive clause, the object of 
 dreams. Bevels, with its adjuncts, will now belong to this substantive 
 clause. 
 
 /. 785. Before nearer repeat while over head the moon. 
 
 I. 791. After though insert they were. 
 
 I. 793. In their own dimensions. An attributive adjunct of lords and 
 cherubim. 
 
 I. 796. On gulden seats may be taken either as an attributive adjunct 
 of demigods, or as an adverbial adjunct of sitting, understood. 
 
 I 
 
Iflfl"- 
 
 ESI 
 
 AbJ 
 Abt 
 
 Aby 
 
 Acci 
 
 Adn 
 
 Adv 
 
 Affli 
 
 Aflfii 
 
 Aim 
 
 Azue 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 Amn 
 
 
 Arch 
 
 ( 
 Arch 
 
 r 
 
 a 
 Argu 
 Astoi 
 
 Balai 
 
 Beat! 
 
 Benee 
 
 A 
 
 Bestii 
 

 ■.^.1 
 
 A LIST OF DIFFICULT WOIIDS, 
 
 ESPECIALLY SUCH AS ARE USED IN OBSOLETE OR 
 
 UNUSUAL SENSES. 
 
 ( -il 
 
 y'l 
 
 
 Abject {ahjicio, ahjedus), cast aside. {I. 312.) 
 
 Abuse {ahutor, abiisua surn), to misuse, to deal with wrongly or 
 
 unfairly. Hence, to delude or deceive. (/. 479.) 
 Abyss (AjSiTtroj), a bottomless pit. 
 Access (accede, accessiis), way of approach. (/. 761.) 
 Admire (admiror), to wonder. {I. 690. ) 
 
 Advanced (French, avancer ; Latin, ah ante), improved. (I. 119.) 
 Afflicted (q^/r/o), dashed down. (/. 186.) 
 Affront (ad,frons), to meet face to face. (/. 391.) 
 Aim (aeslimo), object intended. (/, 168.) 
 Amerce (French, d merci ; Latin, ad misericord iam), to impose a 
 
 fine at the discretion, or mercy, of the court, — not a fine fixed 
 
 bylaw. (/. 609.) 
 Ammiral (Arabic, amir, 'a lord'). A chief oi any kind. A 
 
 commander of a fleet ; hence the commander's ship. [l. 294.) 
 
 •Admiral' is a corruption of the word. 
 Arch {apxri), leading or governing. ^rc^ngel, arcA-fiend, ko. 
 
 (I. 156.) 
 Architrave {ipx^s, trabs), the lower division of an entablature, the 
 
 part resting on the column. The entablature is made up of 
 
 architrave, frieze, and cornice. (I. 715.) 
 Argument {arguo, artjumentum), subject for discussion. {I. 24.) 
 Astonished [attonitus), thunderstruck. (I. 307.) 
 
 Balance [bi-lanx). 'In even balance,' i.e., 'poising themselves 
 evenly on their wings.' {I. 349.) Compare II., I. 1046. 
 
 Beatific (heatus, facio), making happy. {I. 684. ) 
 
 Beneath, still lower than — still more degrading than — (/. 115.) 
 Also • to the South of.' (/. 355.) 
 
 Bestial (hestia, beslialia), in the form of beasts. {/. 435), 
 
w 
 
 1 
 
 ¥ 
 
 
 * 
 
 : 
 
 ■■ 
 
 
 fl 
 
 72 
 
 LIST Of DIKKICULT OR DNUHUAI. WORDS. 
 
 Bordering', forming a border or boundary. (I. 419.) 
 Bossy, projecting ; from 'boss,' a ' knob or protuberanco.* (/. 716.) 
 Bullion (bulla, 'a seal or stamp'), anciently aignilird the mint, wboro 
 gold and silver were reduced to stamped money, .\fterwardn it 
 signified the «//(>// which was pormitted by the Bulliiui or Mint, 
 and so it came to mean all gold and silver designed for coinage, 
 or coined. (/. 704. ) 
 
 Camp, army. (I. 677.) 
 
 Chivalry {cahalluA), cavalry, a body of knights. (/. 307.) 
 
 Choice (used actively), distinguishing. (I, 053. ) 
 
 Clime (kaZ/uo, ' a slope '), projierly ' tlie slope of the earth from the 
 
 ecpiator towards the |)oles.' Hence ' a zone or belt of the earth.* 
 
 (/. 242. Comp. /. 297.) 
 Combustible (coinhuro), capable of burning. (/. 23.*1) 
 Combustion, destruction by Hre. (I. 40.) 
 Conceive {e.oneiplo), to catch. * I conce'tre. your meaning ' means ' I 
 
 f A your meaning thoroHijIdy.'' (I. 2'.i I. ) 
 Ooncluve {conclave ; con claols), a lockeil apartment, a close or 
 
 jirivate meeting. (/. 795.) ^ 
 
 Conduct (conduco), guidance, {t. l.'iO.) 
 Confer (conjero), to bring together for discussion. (I. 774.) 
 Considerate (conddero), reflecting, contemi)lative, not rash or hasty. 
 
 Used actively. {/. 003.) 
 Consult used as a noun {comultum), consultation. {I. 798.) 
 Contention (contendo, contenfio), stiuggle. (/. 100.) 
 Cope (cnpa, 'a bowl'), an arched covering. (/. 345.) 
 Cornice {nopttvis), a summit or tinish ; the uppermost part of an 
 
 entablature, (i. 710.) 
 Crew, a band of comrades. {I. 51.) 
 
 Damp, chilled, depressed. {/. 523.) * Damped' is more commonly 
 
 used in this sense. 
 Deify {detis, facio), to worship or reverence as divine. (I. 112.) 
 Different (dlffero), diU'ering, divided, at variance with each other. 
 
 (I. 0,*}0.)' 
 Dilated {dijfcro, dilatus), expanded. (/. 429.) „ ^^ n^A^ 
 
 Discover {dis, co-openre), to uncover, to reveal to sight. {II. 04, 724.) 
 Dispose {dispone), to arrange. (/. 240.) 
 Double (rfM/>/ica?Y), to repeat. (/. 485.) 
 Doubt (dubUare), to think insecure. (/. 114.) 
 Doubtful hue, a mixed expression, partly of one kind, partly of 
 
 another. (/. 527.) 
 Dread, an object of fear. {I. 406. ) 
 
 Dreadful, inspiring terror. (/. 130.) , . , , nifi±\ 
 
 Dubious (dubitis), doubtfiU, not mstantly decided. {I. 104.) 
 Dxacet i^dukia), sweet-sounding. {I. 712.) 
 
LIST or DIFFICnLT OR UNUSJ'Ar, WOHOa. 
 
 78 
 
 Emblaze, to adoru with bright or flamiu|{ coh)ur8. (/. 539.) The 
 
 form embUizon is now usually employod. 
 Emperor (imperator), comma tider. (/. 378.) 
 Empyreal {Kfinvpos), dwelling in the region of fire. {I. 117.) See 
 
 Endure (indurare), to harden one's self, to hold out. (/. 299.) 
 
 Enlarg-e, to cause to spread. {I. 41.').) 
 
 Envy (invulia), grudging, strong tUisiie to have for cmcself. {I. 200.) 
 ' Hath not buiilt hero for his envy ;' i.e., hath not built here u 
 dwelling that he would strongly desire for himself. 
 
 Equal (tei/ualijt), to place on the same level witli. {I. '284.) 'To 
 equal which' {l. '292) means 'in compirison with which,' placed 
 side by side with it, to see if it is of ecjual length. Also, to lay 
 all equally low. (^.488.) 
 
 Erst, formerly ; the superlative answering to the comparative ere. 
 (l. 3G0.) 
 
 Eruption (eruptio), a breaking forth, a sally. {I. G5(}.) 
 
 Essences {fs.v, modern Latin cssctilhi), natures, beings. (I. 138.) 
 
 Ethereal {ae.thcre.u* ; aWiip, ' blazing heat '), belonging to the region 
 of the ether, i.e., heavenly {IL 45, 285.) By aether the ancients 
 understood the upper, pure, glowing air, beyond the region of 
 mists and clouds (which they called o^p) ; a rare and tiery 
 medium in which tlie heavenly IxMlies moved. 
 
 Event (eventus), the result of a course of action. (/. 118.) 
 
 Expatiate {ex, apatior), to strut about. (/. 774.) 
 
 
 ■j 
 
 ' 
 
 ; :.;| 
 
 m 
 
 of an 
 
 !•) 
 
 Fail, to lose strength, to perish ; to be mistaken. {U. 117, 167.) 
 
 Fame {fania), report. (/. 651.) 
 
 Fanatic [Janatkus, fannm), inspired or possessed by a divinity, 
 
 furious, mad. (L 480.) 
 Fast, close. {I. 12.) 
 Flown, eh; ted, puffed up, flushed. (/. 502.) Flown is properly the 
 
 ftarticiple oi Jiy, but it is difficult to trace the meaning, as derived 
 rora this verb. If Milton connected it y,'\i\\ Jlow, Jlown may have 
 much the same sense as flooded. 
 Flung*, banished, {l. 610.) 
 Found {fundere), to melt, to pour. {I. 70.3.) 
 Founded {funddre), established, fixed firmly. (/. 427.) 
 Foundered — ' Some small night-foundered skiff.' It is very difficult 
 to trace the exact sense of this phrase. Eentley even suggested 
 nigh-foundered, i.e., almost sinking. Founder {'to sink') is de- 
 rived from the old French verb afondrer {ad, fundus), ' to sink 
 to the bottom.' From the Latin fundere we get a verb foundd 
 of very similar meaning, implying to melt, tituc, give way, falL 
 (In French se fondre). Id old English it is applied to a horfie 
 stumbling. In Jamieson's Scottish Dictionary we find founder 
 in the sense of to fell, to knock downy to give a stunu'mg blow. 
 
 ' I 
 
74 
 
 trST OF DimonLT or tlVITHtrAL WORDB. 
 
 Frequent, {/requens), crowded. (/. 797.) 
 
 Fretted, divided into squares or lozenges by interlacing or inter* 
 
 secting bars (laqueatus). It appears to he derived from feiTum^ 
 
 through tho Italian /errata, *an iron grating.' 
 Frieze, the embossed or ornamented border running beneath the 
 
 cornice of an entablature. (/. 710.) 
 Fuelled {focufi, fornle), charged or loaded with fuel. (/. 234.) 
 Fury {furor), violent action. * Mineral fury,' the violent action 
 
 with which aul|)hur, nitre, and such mineral products burn, or 
 
 act and react oa each other. (I. 235. ) 8eo Mimiral. 
 
 Qraze, to feed or supply with grass. (/. 486.) The verb is now 
 commonly applied to the pasture (to eat off the grass), not to 
 the cattle that feed upon it. * To graze' (in Milton's sense) is now 
 commonly expressed by ' to pasture. ' 
 
 Grunsel, i.e., ground-sill, the threshold. (I. 4C0.) 
 
 Heat, passionate or burning love. {I. 453.) 
 
 Homicide (/tomicida ; horno ca^do), used adjectively, * manslaying.' 
 (;. 417.) 
 
 Incumbent (incuvibo), resting his weight upon. {l. 226. ) 
 
 Infernal {iiiferi), belonging to Hell. (/. 34. ) 
 
 Inflamed (inflammatus), blazing, set on fire. {l. 300.) 
 
 Injured {injuria), treated with injustice, meeting with less than 
 
 justice. {I. 98.) 
 Intrench (French trancher ; Latin ti'uncare, 'to lop off'), to cut 
 
 trenches or furrows in anything. 
 Invest {in, veMis), to throw a robe or cloak over. (I. 208.) 
 Involved {involvere)^ enveloped, wrapped up. {I. 236. ) 
 
 Ken, to know, to perceive. {I 59.) 
 
 Light, to alight. {L 228.) 
 
 Lucid {lux, lucidus), bright, letting light pass through. {I. 469.) 
 
 Mansion {mansio, manSre), a dwelling-place, not necessarily a build- 
 ing of any kind. 
 
 Measure (mensura, metior), treatment, what ia meted out to a 
 person. (Z. 513.) 
 
 Middle (medius), between two extremes, not reaching the highest 
 
 point. (^14.) 
 Mineral, found in mines, or under the earth. 'Mineral fury 
 
 {I. 235) perhaps means merely 'violent subterranean action.' 
 Mortal (mors, morto^w), deadly, causing death, (i. 2). Also employed 
 
 in the sense of ' exposed to death. ' 
 Myriad {^tvpio^s), properly, a body of ten thousand, (i. 87.) 
 
LIST OF DIFFICULT OB UNUSUAL WORDS. " 70 
 
 NathlesB (i.e,, natheless), nevertheless. {I. 299.) 
 
 Obdurate (ob, durva), hardened against everything. (/. 68.) 
 
 Oblivious (ohi nnoaus), causing forgetfulness. (/. 2C6.) 
 
 Offend (afendu), to assail or attack. (/. 187.) 
 
 Offensive, causing disgrace. The ' offensive mountain' {I. 443) 
 
 18 the same as the ' opprobrious hill ' (/. 403), called also the 
 
 'hill of scandal.' {I. 416.) 
 Org-ies (orgia), wild, frenzied ceremonies. (I. 416.) 
 Orient {oi'ior), connected M'ith sunrise. 'Orient colours' are the 
 
 bright colours of sunrise. (/. 646.) 
 
 Part (7>ar«), share or portion, (i. 267.) 
 
 Passion (patior, pas^^io), suffering. {I. 605.) 
 
 Penal {pcerta), endured by way of punishment. {I. 48.) 
 
 Perdition {verdo), utter ruin. ' Bottondess i)erdition ' (/. 47), the 
 bottondess pit of ruin. 
 
 Pernicious (perniciea, pemiciosus), deadly, destructive. (1. 282.) 
 
 Pilaster ( pita), a square pillar, usually let into a wall, so as to pro- 
 ject only by a portion of its thickness. (/. 713.) 
 
 Precipice {praecepa), the extreme verge, from which one can fall 
 headlong. (/. 173.) 
 
 Presage {prae, sapio), to know beforehand. (/. 627.) 
 
 Prime (/>n»n«*), foremost. (^,506.) 
 
 Profane {pro, fanvm), to treat as not being sacred. A thing \& pro- 
 Jane which is pro fano, in front of, or outside the sacred 
 enclosure. (I. 390.) 
 
 Prone (p^oww*), htadlong, lying flat. (/. 195.) 
 
 Providence {provklere), foresight. {I. 162.) 
 
 Puissant (French je puis), powerful. {I. 632.) 
 
 Pursue ( ))ro, sequor), to follow out, to go along with, to treat of con- 
 tinuouslj'. {I. 15.) 
 
 Recollect (recoUiyo), to gather up again. {I. 528.) 
 
 Recorder, a kind of wind instrument. (/. 551.) 
 
 Reig-n [regnum), kingdom, realm. (/. 543.) 
 
 Reinforcement, renewal of strength. (/. 190.) 
 
 Relig-ions {rdlgiones), religious rites. (/. 372.) 
 
 Re-possess (ix-possidere), to re-occupy. {I. 634.) 
 
 Rife, prevalent, abundant. (/. 650.2 
 
 Rout, a gang or crowd. (I. 747.) Probably not of the same origin 
 
 as rout, ap]died to an army. The latter is connected with 
 
 ruplus, 'broken.' 
 Ruin {ruina)y sudden downfall. (/. 46.) 
 
 Satiate {jsatiaius, satis), satisfied, satiated. {I. 179.) 
 Scandal (vKdv^aXov), a stumbling- block, an uffeuce or disgraoiw 
 II 416.) See OJemive. 
 
 e i 
 
 ^"S. 
 
76 
 
 LIST 07 DlFFrrULT OH UNUSUAL WORDS. 
 
 Scum (verb), to skim, (l. 704.) * 
 
 Secrpit (sfcretvs), retired, withdrawn from ])ublic gaze. {I. 6.) 
 
 Secure {securuft), free from anxiety. (I. 261.) 
 
 Serried (French, serrer), locked together. (I. 548.) 
 
 Shrine {scr'mium), a box or chest enclosing something sacred, like 
 
 the Ark in the Jewish temple. {I. 388.) 
 Slip, to let slip. (/. 178.) 
 Sluiced, poured through shiices. {I. 702.) Sluice (derived from 
 
 exclusa], implies a floodgate, by which the water is shut off. 
 Space (spatium), period of time. {I. 50.) 
 Spires {antTpa), tai)ering jetr.. (/. 223.) The word properly implies 
 
 something tioisted. 
 Straiten {strictus), to crowd into a narrow space. (/. 776.) 
 Sublimed [suUimis), driven off in vai)Our. A chemical phrase, 
 
 {I. 235). 
 Successful, involving better auguries of success. (1. i20.) 
 Suffice (siifficio), ^io satisfy. (I. 148. ) 
 Supernal (supermis), belonging to the supreme (cr, at least, some 
 
 exalted) being. (/. 241. ) 
 Suppliant («?<p;j^jcan), bending low. {I. 112.) 
 Sure (5fCJ/rws), inspiring confidence. (/. 278.) 
 Symphony (aSif, ^uvh), a union of notes or voices. {I. 712.) 
 
 Temper {(emperare), the mode in which the ingredients of a compound 
 
 are proportioned to each other. {I. 285. ) 
 Tend (tendo), to direct one's course, {l. 183.) 
 Thrall, slave. (/. 149.) 
 Torrid {torridus), scorching. {I. 297.) 
 Transcendent {transcende)-e), climbing beyond, surpassing ordinary 
 
 'imits. {l. 86.) 
 Traverse {fransversus), transversely, {l. 568.) 
 
 Unfrequented {frequens). ' To frequent ' means * to visit in crowds.' 
 Freqiu^ns senatus is, *a crowded meeting of the seuate.' (/. 433.) 
 tJnsunir, not celebrated in song, or jwetry. (/. 442.) 
 TJrg-e (uiyeo), to press upon, or afflict. (/. 68.) 
 Utter, outer. (/. 72.) 
 Uxorious (uxor), passionately devoted to his wives. (/. 444.) 
 
 Vex {vexare), to harass or assail. (I. 30i).) 
 
 Warping, moving forward with an oblique or zigzag motion. (/. .^41.) 
 
 Watch, to keep awake. (/. 332.) 
 
 Welter (^'^.-S. waeltnn), to roll or tumble, esptcially in anything foul 
 
 or unclean. (/. 78. ) 
 Wont (verb), were accustomed- (I. 764.) 
 
6.) 
 
 cred, like 
 
 ved from 
 
 toff. 
 
 y impliea 
 1 phrase. 
 
 ast, some 
 
 ) 
 
 ompjund 
 
 ordinary 
 
 crowds.' 
 (/. 43;].) 
 
 I \: 
 
 ^ "m 
 
 4-) 
 
 (/.341.) 
 hing foui 
 
I'fffi' ■ iT 
 
^^ 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 BOOK II. 
 
 High on a throne of royal state, which far 
 
 Outshone the wealth of Ormus or of Ind, 
 
 Or where the goi<jcous East witL richest hand 
 
 Show'rs on her kings barbaric pearl and gold, 
 
 Satan exalted sat, bv merit raised 
 
 To that bad eminence ; cu! u^m despair 
 
 Thus high uplifted beyo;: I '; pe aspires 
 
 Beyond thus high, insatiate to pursue 
 
 Vain war with heav'n, and by success untaught 
 
 His proud imaginations thus displayed. 
 
 * Pow'rs and dominions, deities of heaven, 
 For since no deep within her gulf can hold 
 Imnjortal vjgour, though oppress'd and fall'n 
 I give noi; heav'n for lost. From this descent 
 Celestial virtues rising, will appear 
 More glorious and more dread than from no fall. 
 And trust themselves to fear no second fate. 
 IMe thou<:;h just right, and the fix'd laws of heaven, 
 Did first create your leader, next free choice, 
 Witli what besides, in counsel, or in fight, 
 Hath been achiev'd of merit, yet this loss 
 Thus far at least recover'd, hath much more 
 Establish'd in a safe un en vied throne, 
 Yielded with full consent. The happier state 
 In heaven, which follows dignity, might draw 
 Envy from each inferior ; but who here 
 Will envy whom the highest place expotet 
 
 ?l 'i 
 
 i» 
 
e 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Foremost to stand against the Thund'rer's aim 
 Your bulwark, and condemns to greatest sliare 
 Of endless pain ? where there is then no good 
 For which to strive, no strife can grow up there 
 From faction ; for none sure will claim in hell 
 Precedence, none, whose portion is so small 
 Of present pain, that with ambitious mind 
 Will covet more. With this advantage then 
 To union, and firm faith, and firm accord, 
 More than can be in heav'n, we now return 
 To claim our just inheritance of old. 
 Surer to prosper than prosperity 
 Could have assur'd us ; and by what best way, 
 Whether of open war or covert guile. 
 We now debate ; who can advise, may speak.* 
 
 He ceas'd, and next him Moloch, sceptred king, 
 Stood up, the strongest and the fiercest Spirit 
 That fought in heav'n, now fiercer by despair. 
 His trust was with th' Eternal to be deem'd 
 Equal in strength, and rather than be less 
 Car'd not to be at all ; with that care lost 
 Went all his fear: of God, or hell, or worse 
 He reck'd not, and these words thereafter spake. 
 
 * My sentence is for open war : of wiles, 
 More unexpert, I boast not : them let those 
 Contrive who need, or when they need, not now. ' 
 For while they sit contriving, shall the rest. 
 Millions that stand in arms, and longing wait 
 The signal to ascend, sit ling'ring here 
 Heav'n's fugitives, and for the'L- dwelling-place 
 Accept this dark opprobrioua den of shame, 
 The prison of his tyranny who reigns 
 By our delay P No, let us rather choose, 
 Arm'd with hell tiames and fury, all at once, 
 O'er heaven's high towers to force resistless way. 
 Turning our tortures into horrid arms 
 Against the torturer ; when to meet the noiae 
 Of his almighty engine he shall hear 
 
 [book 
 
 35 
 
 40 
 
 45 
 
 60 
 
 55 
 
 CO 
 
 06 
 
ooK n 
 
 BOOK II.J 
 
 PARADISE LOST, 
 
 30 
 
 35 
 
 40 
 
 45 
 
 60 
 
 55 
 
 Infernal thunder; and for lightning, see 
 
 Black fire and horror shot with equal rage 
 
 Among his angels ; and his throne itself 
 
 Mix'd with Tartarean sulphur, and strange firei 
 
 His own invented torments. But perhaps 70 
 
 The way seems difRcult and steep to scale 
 
 With upright wing against a higher foe. 
 
 Let such bethink then), if the sleepy drench 
 
 Of that forgetful lake benumb not still, 
 
 That in our proper motion we ascend 76 
 
 Up to our native seat : descent and fall 
 
 To us is adverse. Who but felt of late, 
 
 When the fierce foe hung on our broken rear 
 
 Insulting, and pursued us through the deep, 
 
 With what compulsion and laborious flight HO 
 
 We sunk thus low ? The ascent is easy then ; 
 
 The event is fear'd ; should we again provoke 
 
 Our stronger, some worse way his wrath may find 
 
 To our destruction ; if there be in hell 
 
 Fear to be worse destroy'd. What can be worse 86 
 
 Tlian to dwell here, driven out from bliss, condemned 
 
 In this abhorred deep to utter woe ; 
 
 Where pain of unextinguishable fire 
 
 Musi exercise us without hope of end, 
 
 The vassals of his anger, when the scourge 90 
 
 Inexorable, and the torturing hour, 
 
 Calls us to penance ? More destroyed than thus 
 
 We should be quite abi>lish'd, and expire. 
 
 Wliat fear we then ? what doubt we to incense 
 
 His utmost ire ? which, to the height enraged, IN) 
 
 Will either quite consume us, and reduce 
 
 To nothing this essential : happiei far 
 
 Thau miserable to have eternal Innng : 
 
 Or, if our yubsstance be indeed divine, 
 
 And cannot ct^>aso to be, we are at worst 100 
 
 On this side nothing ; and by proof we leel 
 
 Our power sufficient to disturb his heavea, 
 
 And with perpetual inroads to alarm. 
 
 it 
 
 'Ma 
 
m 
 
 i 
 
 8 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 BOOK II. 
 
 Thougli inaccessible, his fatal throne ; 
 
 Which, if not victory, is yet revenge.* JOS 
 
 He ended frowning, and his look denounced 
 Desperate revenge, and battle dangerous 
 To less than gods. Oi. the other side up rose 
 Uclial, in act more graceful and humane : 
 A fairer person lost not heaven ; he seera'd 110 
 
 For dignity composed, and high exploit : 
 But all was false and hollow : though his tongue 
 Dropt manna, and could make the worse appear 
 The better reason, to perplex and dash 
 
 Maturer counsels : for his thoughts were low, 115 
 
 To vice industrious, but to nobler deeds 
 Timorous and slothful ; yet he pleased the ear, 
 And with persuasive accent thus began : 
 
 ♦ I should be much for open war, peers, 
 As not behind in hate ; if what was urged 120 
 
 Main reason to persuade immediate war, 
 Did not dissuade me most, and seem to cast 
 Ominous conjecture on the whole success; 
 When he, who most excels in fact of arms, 
 In what he counsels, and in what excels; 125 
 
 Mistrustful grounds his courage on despair 
 And utter dissolution, as the scope 
 Of all his aim, after some dire revenge. 
 First, what revenge ? The towers of heaven are fill'd 
 With armed watch, that render all access I'dO 
 
 Imprtgnable : oft on the bordering deep 
 Encamp their legions ; or, with obscure wing, 
 Scout far and wide into the realm of night. 
 Scorning surprise. Or could we break our way 
 By force, and at our heels all hell should rise 135 
 
 With blackest insurrection, to confound 
 Heaven's purest light ; yet our great enemy, 
 All incorruptible, would on his throne 
 Sit unpolluted : and the ethereal mould, 
 
 Incapable of stain, would soon expel 140 
 
 Her mischief, and purge ofl' the baser fire. 
 
w 
 
 lOK II. 
 
 106 
 
 no 
 
 115 
 
 120 
 
 125 
 
 lao 
 
 135 
 
 140 
 
 BOOK II.] 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Victorious. Thus repulsed, our final hope 
 
 Is fiat despair : we must exasperate 
 
 The almighty Victor to spend all his rage, 
 
 And that must end us ; that must be our cure, 
 
 To be no more. Sad oure ! for who would lose, 
 
 Though full of pain, this intellectual being, 
 
 Those thoughts that wander through eternity, 
 
 To perish rather, swaliow'd up and lost 
 
 In the wide womb of uncreated night. 
 
 Devoid of sense and motion ? And who knows, 
 
 Let this be good, whether our angry foo 
 
 Can give it, or will ever ? How he can, 
 
 Is doubtful ; that he never will, is sure. 
 
 Will he, so wise, let loose at once his ire, 
 
 Belike through impotence, or unaware, 
 
 To give his enemies their wish, and end 
 
 Them in his anger, whom his anger saves 
 
 To punish endless ? Wherefore cease we then ? 
 
 Say they who coun.sel war, We are decreed, 
 
 Reserved, and destined, to eternal woe ; 
 
 Whatever doing, what can we sufier more, 
 
 What can we sufier worse ? Is this then worst, 
 
 Thus sitting, thus consulting, thus in arms ? 
 
 What, when we fled amain, pursued, and struck 
 
 With heaven's afiiicting thunder, and besought 
 
 The deep to shelter us P this hell then seem'd 
 
 A refuge from those wounds ; or when we lay 
 
 Ghain'd on the burning lake ? that sure was worse. 
 
 What if the breath, that kindled those grim fires. 
 
 Awaked, should blow them into sevenfold rage. 
 
 And plunge us in the flames ? or, from above, 
 
 Should intermitted vengeance arm again 
 
 His red right hand to plague us P What if all 
 
 Her stores were open'd, and this firmament 
 
 Of hell should spout her cataracts of fire. 
 
 Impendent horrors, threatening hitUous fall 
 
 On* day H|»on our heads ; while we perhaps, 
 
 Designing or exhorting glorious war, 
 
 
 
 145 
 
 150 
 
 155 
 
 160 
 
 165 
 
 70 
 
 176 
 
 m 
 
 Ei' 
 
 i 
 
m 
 
 w 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 LBOOK II. 
 
 Uw' 
 
 
 Caught in a fiery tempest shall be hurl'd 180 
 
 Each on his rock transfix'd, the sport and prey 
 
 Of wracking whirlwinds ; or for ever sunk 
 
 Under yon boiling ocean, wrapt in chains ; 
 
 There to converse with everlasting groans, 
 
 Unrespited, unpitied, unreprieved, 185 
 
 Ages of hopeless end? This would be worse. 
 
 War therefore, open or conceal'd, alike 
 
 My voice dissuades ; for what can force or guile 
 
 \N'ith him, or who deceive his mind, whose eye 
 
 Views all things at one view ? He from heaven's height 190 
 
 All these our motions vain, sees, and derides : 
 
 Not more almighty to resist our might. 
 
 Than wise to frustrate all our plots and wiles. 
 
 Shall we then live thus vile, the race of heaven 
 
 Thus trampled, thus expell'd to suffer here 196 
 
 Chains and these torments ? Better these than worse, 
 
 By my advice ; since fate inevitable 
 
 Subdues us, and omnipotent decree, 
 
 The victor's will. To suflPer, as to do. 
 
 Our strength is equal, nor the law unjust 200 
 
 That so ordains : this was at first resolved, 
 
 If we were wise, against so great a ibe 
 
 Con tending, and so doubtful what might fall. 
 
 I laugh, when those who at the spear are bold 
 
 And venturous, if that fail them, shrink and fear 205 
 
 What yet they know must follow, to endure 
 
 Exile, or ignominy, or bonds, or pain, 
 
 I'he sentence of tlieir conqueror. This is now 
 
 Our doom ; which if we can sustain and bear. 
 
 Our supreme foe in time may much remit 210 
 
 Uis anger ; and perhaps, thus far removed, 
 
 Not mind us not offending, satisfied 
 
 With what is punish'd ; whence these raging tires 
 
 Will slacken, if his breath stii' not their flames : 
 
 Our purer essence then will overcome 816 
 
 Their noxious vapour, or, inured, not feel ; 
 
 Or, changed at length, and to the place conformed 
 
 Un 
 Of 
 0,j 
 
 I.i^ 
 
 Ft 
 
II. 
 ISO 
 
 185 
 
 190 
 
 195 
 
 200 
 
 205 
 
 210 
 
 216 
 
 BOOK TI."I 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 In temper and in nature, will receive 
 
 Familiar the fierce heat, and void of pam ; 
 
 This horror will grow mild, this darkness light | 
 
 Besides what hope the never-ending fli|,'lit 
 
 Of future days may bring, what chance, what change 
 
 W^orth waiting ; since our present lot appears 
 
 For happy though but ill, for ill not worst, 
 
 If we procure not to ourselves more woe.' 
 
 Thus Belial, with words clothed in reason's garb, 
 Counsell'd ignoble ease, and peaceful sloth. 
 Not peace ; and after him thus Mammon spake : 
 
 * Either to disenthrone the King of heaven 
 We war, if war be best, or to regain 
 Our own right lost : him to unthrone we then 
 May hope, when everlasting fate shall yield 
 To fickle chance, and Chaos judge the strife: 
 The former, vain to hope, argues as vain 
 The latter : for what place can be for us 
 Within heaven's bound, unless heaven's Lord supreme 
 We overpower ? Suppose he should relent. 
 And publish grace to all, on promise made 
 Of new subjection ; with what eyes could we 
 Stand in his presence humble, and receive 
 Strict laws imposed, to celebrate his throne 
 With warbled hymns, and to his Godhead sing 
 Forced hallelujahs ; while he lordly sits 
 Our envied sovereign, and his altar breathes 
 Ambrosial odours and ambrosial flowers, 
 Our servile offerings ? This must be our task 
 In heaven, this our delight; how wearisc me 
 Eternity so spent, in worship paid 
 To whom we hate ! Let us not then pursue 
 By force impossible, by leave obtain'd 
 Unacceptable, though in heaven, our state 
 Of splendid vas alage ; but rather seek 
 Our own good from ourselves, and from our own 
 Iiive to ourselves, though in this vast recess, 
 Free, and to none accountable, preferring 
 
 n 
 
 220 
 
 225 
 
 230 
 
 235 
 
 240 
 
 245 
 
 250 
 
 366 
 
 f^ 
 
 ' ' f:; 
 
 1 
 
 ■T 
 
 Ml 
 
 I 
 
 m 
 
'f,. 
 
 M 
 
 PARADISK LOST. 
 
 ' : i 
 
 ll 
 
 [book h. 
 
 Hard liberty, before the easy yoke 
 
 Of servile pomp. Our greatness will appear 
 
 Then most conspicuous, whi > great things of small, 
 
 Useful of hurtful, prosperous of adverse, 
 
 We can create ; and in what place soe'er 
 
 Thrive under evil, and work ease out of pain, 
 
 Through labour and endurance. This deep world 
 
 Of darkness do we dread ? How oft amidst 
 
 Thick clouds and dark doth heaven's all-ruling Sire 
 
 Choose to reside, his glory unobscured. 
 
 And with the majesty of darkness round 
 
 Covers his throne ; from whence deep thunders roar 
 
 Mustering their rage, and heaven resembles hell. 
 
 As he our darkness, cannot we his light 
 
 Imitate when we please P Tliis desert soil 
 
 Wants not her hidden lustre, gems and gold ; 
 
 Nor want we skill or art, from whence to raise 
 
 Magnificence; and what can iieaven show more? 
 
 Our torments also may in length of time 
 
 Become our elements : these piercing ttres 
 
 As soft as now severe, our temper changed 
 
 Into their temper ; which must needs remove 
 
 The sensible of pain. All things invite 
 
 To peaceful counsels, and the settled state 
 
 Of crder, how in safety best we may 
 
 Compose our present evils, with regard 
 
 Of what we are, and were; dismissing quite 
 
 All thoughts of war. Ye have what 1 advise.' 
 
 He scarce had finish'd, when such murmur fill'd 
 The assembly, as when hollow rocks retain 
 Tije sound of blustering winds, which all night long 
 Had roused the sea, now with hoarse cadence lull 
 Seafaring men o'er-wateh'd, whose barque by chance 
 Or pinnace anchors in a craggy bay 
 After the tempest : such applause was heard 
 As Mammon ended, and his sentence pleased 
 Advising peace : for such another field 
 They dreaded worse than hell : so much the fear 
 
 230 
 
 266 
 
 270 
 
 275 
 
 ] 
 ( 
 
 I 
 
 J 
 1 
 I 
 
 J 
 J 
 
 280 
 
 28J 
 
 290 
 
 I 
 
 
K IL 
 
 •230 
 
 26o 
 
 270 
 
 275 
 
 280 
 
 28j 
 
 290 
 
 BOOK II.l 
 
 PARADISF. LOST. 
 
 Of thunder and the sword of Michael 
 
 Wrought still within them, and no less desire 
 
 To found this nether empire, which might rise 
 
 By policy, and long process of time, 
 
 In emulation opposite to heaven. 
 
 Which when Beelzebub perceived, than whom 
 
 Satan except, none higher sat, with grave 
 
 Aspect he rose, and in his rising scem'd 
 
 A pillar of state; deep on his front cngraveii 
 
 Deliberation sat, and public care ; 
 
 And princely counsel in his face yet shone, 
 
 Majestic, though in ruin : sage he stood 
 
 AVith Atlantean shoulders fit to bear 
 
 The weight of mightiest monarchies ; his look 
 
 Drew audience and attention still as night 
 
 Or summer's noontide air, while thus he s])ake : 
 
 ' Thrones and imperial powers, offspring of hiaven, 
 Ethereal virtues ; or these titles now 
 Must we renounce, and changing style, be call'd 
 Princes of hell ? for so the popular vote 
 Inclines here to continue, and build up here 
 A growing empire ? doubtless, while we dream 
 And know not that the King of heaven hath doom'd 
 This place our dungeon, not our safe retreat 
 Beyond his potent arm, to live exempt 
 From heaven's high jurisdiction, in new league 
 Banded against his throne, but to remain 
 In strictest bondage, though thus far removed. 
 Under the inevitable curb, reserved 
 His captive multitude ! for he, be sure. 
 In height or depth, still first and last will reign 
 Sole king, and of his kingdom lose no part 
 By our revolt ; but over hell extend 
 His empire, and with iron sceptre rule 
 Us here, as with his golden those in heaven. 
 What sit we then projecting peace and war ? 
 War hath determined us, and foil'd with loss 
 Irreparable : terms of peace yet none 
 
 lb 
 
 29A 
 
 SCO 
 
 305 
 
 310 
 
 315 
 
 320 
 
 325 
 
 S80 
 
■,'iu 
 
 A^ 
 
 
 ® 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 /. 
 
 .^'^ 
 
 
 
 7i 
 
 f 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 m 1^ 
 
 IIIIM 
 
 
 III ^-^ 
 
 :!-i£ 
 
 1^ 
 
 
 lim 
 
 
 1.25 1.4 
 
 1.6 
 
 
 .4 6" - 
 
 
 ► 
 
 V] 
 
 <^ 
 
 /^ 
 
 ^% 
 
 '<W/ 
 
 
 *^^ 
 
 ^>^ 
 
 >^ 
 
 ^. 
 
 A 
 
 // 
 
 y 
 
 /^ 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 d 
 
 ^^ 
 
 k 
 
 iV 
 
 ^\ 
 
 « 
 
 
 o 
 
 O" .A. ^"^ 
 
 ^\ ^-^"^^^ 
 

 ? 
 
 
 
 
 fA 
 
ia3tfBe« 
 
 «»> 
 
 It 
 ll 
 
 If 
 
 I It 
 
 ^11 
 
 I I 
 
 u 
 
 tABABISE LOST. 
 
 [BOOK II. 
 
 Vouchflafed or sought ; for wlmt peace will be given 
 
 To us enslaved, but custody severe, 
 
 And stripes, and arbitrary punishment, 
 
 Inflicted ? and what peace can we return, 835 
 
 But to our power hostility and hate, 
 
 Untamed reluctance, and revenge, though slow 
 
 Yet ever plotting how the Conqueror least 
 
 May reap his conquest, and may least rejoice 
 
 In doing what we most in suffering feel ? 340 
 
 Nor will occasion want, nor shall we need 
 
 With dangerous expedition to invade 
 
 Heaven, whose high walls fear no assault or siege, 
 
 Or ambush from the deep. What if we find 
 
 Some easier enterprise? There is a place 845 
 
 (If ancient and prophetic fame in heaven 
 
 Err not), another world, the happy seat 
 
 Of son'e new race, calFd Man, about this time 
 
 To be created like to us, though less 
 
 In power and excellence, but favoured more 8o0 
 
 Of him who rules above; so was his will 
 
 Pronounced among >he Gods ; and by an oath, 
 
 That shook heaven's whole circumference, confirra*d 
 
 Thither let us bend all our thoughts, to learn 
 
 What creatures there inhabit, of what mould 855 
 
 Or substance, how endued, and what their power, 
 
 And where their weakness, how attempted bcbt 
 
 By force or subtlety. Though heaven be shut. 
 
 And heaven's high Arbitrator sit secure 
 
 In his own strength, this place may lie exposed, 8G0 
 
 The utmost border of his kingdom, left 
 
 To their defence who hold it : here perhaps 
 
 Some advantageous act may be achieved 
 
 By sudden onset : either with hell fire 
 
 To waste his whole creation, or possess ^ 865 
 
 All as our own, and drive as we were driven, 
 
 The puny habitants, or, if not drive, 
 
 Seduce them to our party, that their God 
 
 May prove their foe, and with repenting faitod 
 
 
BOOK n.J 
 
 PABADTRE LOST. 
 
 15 
 
 340 
 
 345 
 
 3o0 
 
 355 
 
 360 
 
 865 
 
 Abolish his own works. This would surpass 870 
 
 Common revenge, and interrupt his joy 
 
 In our confusion, and our joy upraise 
 
 In his disturbance ; when his darling sons, 
 
 Ilurl'd headlong to partake with us, shall curse 
 
 Iheir frail original, and faded bliss, 375 
 
 Faded so soon. Advise, if this be worth 
 
 Attempting, or to sit in darkness here 
 
 Hatching vain empires.' Thus Beel/^ebub 
 
 Pleaded his devilish coursel, first devised 
 
 By Satan, and in part proposed ; for whence 38C 
 
 But from the author of all ill, could spring 
 
 So deep a malice, to confound the race 
 
 Of mankind in one root, and earth with hell 
 
 To mingle and involve, done all to spite 
 
 The great Creator? But their spite still serves 385 
 
 His glory to augment. The bold design 
 
 Pleased highly those infernal states, and joy 
 
 Sparkled in all their eyes : with full assent 
 
 They vote : whereat his speech he thus renews : 
 
 * Well have ye judged, well ended long debate, 390 
 
 Synod of gods, and, like to what ye are, 
 
 Great things resolved, which, from the lowest deep, 
 
 Will once more lift us up, in spite of fate, 
 
 Nearer our ancient seat : perhaps in view 
 
 Of those bright confines, whence, with neighbouring arms 395 
 
 And opportune excunsion, wfi may chance 
 
 Be-enter heaven ; or else in some mild zone 
 
 Dwell not un visited of heaven's fair light, 
 
 Secure ; and at the brightening orient beam 
 
 Purge off this gloom : the soft delicious air, 400 
 
 To heal the scar of these corrosive fires, 
 
 Shall breathe her balm. But first, whom shall we send 
 
 In search of this new world P whom shall we find 
 
 Sufficient P who shall tempt with wandering feet 
 
 The dark, unbottom'd, infinite abyss, 406 
 
 And through the palpable obscure find out 
 
 His uncouth way, or spread his aery flight 
 
le 
 
 PARADTSB LOST. 
 
 [BOOK II. 
 
 ■I 
 
 
 ti; I 
 
 Upborne with indefatigable wings, 
 
 Over the vast abrupt, ere he arrive 
 
 The happy isle? What strength, what art can then 410 
 
 Suffice, or what evasion bear him safe 
 
 Through the strict senteries and stations thick 
 
 Of angels watching round ? Here he had need 
 
 All circumspection, and we now no less / 
 
 Choice in our suffrage ? for, on whom we send, 415 
 
 The weight of all and our last hope relies.' 
 
 This said, he sat ; and expectation held 
 His look suspense, awaiting who appear'd 
 To second or oppose, or undertake. 
 
 The perilous attempt : but all sat mute, 420 
 
 Pondering the danger with deep thoughts ; and each 
 In other's countenance read his own dismay, 
 Astonish'd : none among the choice and prime • 
 
 Of those heaven-warring champions could be found 
 
 So hardy, as to proffer or accept 425 
 
 Alone, the dreadful voyage ; till at kbt 
 
 Satan, whom now transcendent glory raised 
 
 Above his fellows, with monarchal pride, 
 
 Conscious of highest worth, unmoved thus spake ; 
 
 ' O progeny of heaven, empyreal thrones, 430 
 
 With reason hath deep silence and demur 
 
 Seized us, though undismayed. Long is the way 
 
 And hard, that out of hell leads up to light ; 
 
 Our prison strong ; this huge convex of fire, 
 
 Outrageous to devour, immures us round 436 
 
 Ninefold ; and gates of burning adamant, 
 
 Barr'd over us, prohibit all egress. 
 
 These pass'd, if any pass, the void profound 
 
 Of unessential night receives him next 
 
 Wide-gaping, and with utter loss of being 
 
 I'hreatcns him, plunged in that abortive gulf. 
 
 If thence he 'scape into whatever world. 
 
 Or unknown region , what remains him less 
 
 Than unknown dangers, and as hard escape ? 
 
 But I should ill become this throne, O peers 440 
 
 MO 
 
 r1i:!^l 
 
"^g^ 
 
 i 
 
 BOOK II.] 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 It 
 
 And this imperial sovereignty adorn'd 
 
 With splendour, arm'd with power, if aught proposed 
 
 And judged of public moment, in the shape 
 
 Of difficulty or danger, could deter 
 
 Me from attempting. Wherefore do I assume 
 
 These royalties, and not refuse to reign, 
 
 Kefusing to accept as great a share 
 
 Of hazard as of honour, due alike 
 
 To him who reigns, and so much to him due 
 
 Of hazard more, as he above the rest 
 
 High honour'd sits ? Go, therefore, mighty powers, 
 
 Terror of heaven, though fallen ; intend at home, 
 
 While here shall be our home, what best may ease 
 
 The present misery, and render hell 
 
 More tolerable ; if there be cure or charm 
 
 To respite, or deceive, or slack the pain 
 
 Of this ill mansion : intermit no watch 
 
 Against a wakeful foe, while I abroad 
 
 Through all the coasts of dark destruction seek 
 
 Deliverance for us all : this enterprise 
 
 None shall partake but me.' Thus saying, rose 
 
 The monarch, and prevented all reply ; 
 
 Prudent, lest, from his resolution raised 
 
 Others among the chief might offer now 
 
 (Certain to be refused) what erst they feared ; 
 
 And, so refused, might in opinion stand 
 
 His rivals ; winning cheap the high repute, 
 
 Which he through hazard huge must earn. But they 
 
 Dreaded not more the adventure, than his voice 
 
 Forbidding ; and at once with him they rose : 
 
 Their rising all at once, was as the sound 
 
 Of thunder heard remote. Towards him they bond 
 
 With awful reverence prone : and as a god 
 
 Extol him equal to the Highest in heaven : 
 
 Nor fail'd they to express how much they praised. 
 
 That for the general safety he despised 
 
 His own : for neither do the spirits damn'd 
 
 Lose ail their virtue ; lest bad men should boast 
 
 460 
 
 455 
 
 4G0 
 
 465 
 
 470 
 
 475 
 
 480 
 
r^'U^i 
 
 t 
 
 ■'it, 3 
 
 i! 
 
 
 18 
 
 PABADISE LOST. 
 
 (BOOK 
 
 Tlicir specious deeds on earth which glory excites, 
 
 Or close ambition, varnish'd o'er with zeal. 486 
 
 Thus they their doubtful consultations dark 
 
 Ended, rejoicing in their matchless chief. 
 
 As when from mountain-tops the dusky clouds 
 
 Ascending, while the north wind sleeps, o'erspread 
 
 Heaven's cheerful face, the louring element 490 
 
 Scowls o'er the darkon'd landskip snow, or shower ) 
 
 If chance the radiant sun with farewell sweet 
 
 Extend his evening beam, the fields revive, 
 
 The birds their notes renew, and bleating herds 
 
 Attest their joy, that hill and valley rings. 495 
 
 O shame to men ! devil with devil damn'd 
 
 Firm concord holds, men only disagree 
 
 Of creatures rational, though under hope 
 
 Of heavenly grace ! and, God proclaiming peace, 
 
 Yet live in hatred, enmity, and strife, 500 
 
 Among themselves, and levy cruel wars. 
 
 Wasting the earl a, each other to destroy ; 
 
 As if (which might induce us to accord) 
 
 Man had not hellish foes enow besides. 
 
 That, day and night, for his destruction wait. 505 
 
 The Stygian council thus dissolved : and forth 
 In order came the grand infernal peers : 
 Midst came their mighty paramount, and seem'd 
 Alone the antagonist of heaven, nor less 
 Than hell's dread emperor, with pomp supreme, 510 
 
 And god-like imitated state : him round 
 A globe of fiery seraphim enclosed 
 With bright imblazonry, and horrent arms. 
 Then of their session ended they bid cry 
 With trumpets' regnl sound the great result : 515 
 
 Toward the four winds four speedy cherubim 
 Put to their mouths the sounding alchymy. 
 By herald's voice explained ; the hollow abyss 
 Heard far and wide, and all the host of hell 
 With deafening shout retum'd them loud acclaim. 520 
 
 Thence more at ease their minds, and somewhat raised 
 
 Si 
 T 
 
 (I 
 
 
 In 
 
 O 
 
BOOK n.] 
 
 PARADISE LOST 
 
 10 
 
 486 
 
 490 
 
 495 
 
 600 
 
 By false presumptuous hope, the ranged powen 
 
 Disband, and wandering^; each his several way 
 
 Pursues, as inclination or sad choice 
 
 Leads him perplex'd where he may likeliest find 525 
 
 Truce to his restless thoughts, and entertain 
 
 The irksome hours, till his great chief return. 
 
 Part on the plain, or in the air sublime. 
 
 Upon the wing, or in swift race contend, 
 
 As at the Olympian games or Pythian fields ; 630 
 
 Part curb their fiery steeds, or shun the goal 
 
 With rapid wheels, or fronted brigades form. 
 
 As when to warn proud cities, war appears 
 
 Waged in the troubled sky, and armies rush 
 
 To battle in the clouds, before each van 635 
 
 Prick forth the aSry knights, and couoh their spean, 
 
 Till thickest legions close ; with feats of arms 
 
 From either end of heaven the welkin burns. 
 
 Others, with vast Typhcean rage more fell, 
 
 Rend up both rocks and hills, and ride the air 640 
 
 In whirlwind ; hell scarce holds the wild uproQ**; 
 
 As when Alcides, from (Echalia crown'd 
 
 With conquest, felt the envenom'd robe, and tore 
 
 Through pain up by the roots Thessalian pines, 
 
 And Lichas from the top of CEta threw 645 
 
 Into the Euboic sea. Others more mild, 
 
 Retreated in a silent valley, sing 
 
 With notes angelical to many a harp 
 
 llieir own heroic deeds, and hapless fall 
 
 By doom of battle; and complain that fate 650 
 
 Free virtue should inthral to force or chance. 
 
 Their song was partial ; but the harmony 
 
 (What could it less when spirits immortal sing P) 
 
 Suspended hell, and took with ravishment 
 
 The thronging audience. In discourse more sweet 666 
 
 (For eloquence the soul, song charms the sense), 
 
 Others apart sat on a hill retired, 
 
 In thoughts more elevate, and reason'd high 
 
 Of providence, foreknowledge, will, and fat^ 
 
i ■; 
 
 m 'III 
 
 ■!■ :§ l-i«: 
 
 ■I'h: 
 
 i! • 
 
 I 
 
 M 
 
 
 ■'if il 
 
 20 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Fix'd fate, free will, foreknowledge absolute. 
 
 And found no end, in wandering mazes lost. 
 
 Of good and evil much they argued then, 
 
 Of happiness and final misery. 
 
 Passion and apathy, and glory and shame ; 
 
 Vain wisdom all, and false philosophy : 
 
 Yet, with a pleasing sorcery could charm 
 
 Pain for a while, or anguish, and excite 
 
 Fallacious hope, or arm the obdured breast 
 
 With stubborn patience, as with triple steel. 
 
 Another part, in squadrons and gross bands. 
 
 On bold adventure to discover wide 
 
 That dismal world, if any clime perhaps 
 
 Might yield them easier habitation, bend 
 
 Four ways their flying march, along the banks 
 
 Of four infernal rivers, that disgorge 
 
 I'jto the burning lake their baleful streams: 
 
 Abhorred Styx, the flood of deadly hate ; 
 
 Sad Acheron, of sorrow, black and deep ; 
 
 Cocvtus, named of lamentation loud 
 
 Heard on the rueful stream ; fierce Phlegethon, 
 
 Whose waves of torrent fire inflame with rage. 
 
 Far off from these, a slow and silent stream, 
 
 Lethe, the river of oblivion, rolls 
 
 Her watery labyrinth, whereof who drinks. 
 
 Forthwith his former state and being forgets. 
 
 Forgets both joy and grief, pleasure and pain. 
 
 Beyond this flood a frozen continent 
 
 Lies dark and wild, beat with perpetual storms 
 
 Of whirlwind and dire hail, which on firm land 
 
 Thaws not, but gathers heap, and ruin seems 
 
 Of ancient pile : or else deep snow and ice, 
 
 A gulf profound as that Serbonian bog 
 
 Betwixt Damiata and mount Casius old. 
 
 Where armies whole have sunk : the parching air 
 
 Burns frore, and cold performs the efiects of fire. 
 
 Thither by harpy-footed Furies haled, 
 
 At certain revolutionS| all the dftma'4 
 
 [book II. 
 
 seo 
 
 fi6ft 
 
 670 
 
 «7A 
 
 680 
 
 686 
 
 600 
 
9K II* 
 
 6d0 
 
 BOOK tl.j 
 
 PABAOISR LOST. 
 
 066 
 
 670 
 
 675 
 
 680 
 
 Are brought ; and feel by turns the bitter change 
 
 Of fierce extremes, extremes by change more fierce: 
 
 From beds of raging fire, to starve in ice 
 
 Their soft ethereal warmth, and there to pine 
 
 Immoveable, infix'd, and frozen round, 
 
 Periods of time, thence hurried back to fire. 
 
 They ferry over this Lethean sound 
 
 Both to and fro, their sorrow to augment, 
 
 And wish and struggle, as they pass, to reach 
 
 The tempting stream, with one small drop to lose 
 
 In sweet forget fulness all pain and woe, 
 
 All in one moment, and so near the brink ; 
 
 But fate withstands, and to oppose the attempt 
 
 Medusa with Qorgonian terror guards 
 
 The ford, and of itself the water flies 
 
 All taste of living wight, as once it lied 
 
 The lip of Tantalus. Thus roving on 
 
 In confused march forlorn, the adventurous bands 
 
 With shuddering horror pale, and eyes aghast, 
 
 View'd first their lamentable lot, and found 
 
 No rest. Through many a dark and dreary vale 
 
 They pass'd, and many a region dolorous, 
 
 O'er many a frozen, many a fiery Alp, 
 
 Rocks, caves, lakes, fens, bogs, dens, and shades of death 
 
 A universe of death ; which God by curse 
 
 Created evil, for evil only good ; 
 
 Where all life dies, death lives, and nature breeds, 
 
 Perverse, all monstrous, all prodigious things. 
 
 Abominable, inutterable, and worse 
 
 Than fables yet have feign'd, or fear conceived, 
 
 Gorgons, and Hydras, and Chimeras dire. 
 
 Meanwhile, the adversary of God and man, 
 Satan, with thoughts inflamed of highest design. 
 Puts on swift wings, and toward the gates of hell 
 Explores his solitary flight : sometimes 
 He scours the right hand coast, sometimes the left ; 
 Now shaves with level wing the deep, then soars 
 Up to the fiery ooncave towering high. 
 
 21 
 
 600 
 
 606 
 
 610 
 
 615 
 
 620 
 
 625 
 
 630 
 
 636 
 
'i 
 
 m 
 
 !' ^1 
 
 '! iKi! 
 
 
 I 
 
 23 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [ISOOR U. 
 
 As when far off at sea a fleet descried 
 
 Hangs in the clouds, by equinoctial winds 
 
 Close sailing from Bengala, or the isles 
 
 Of Ternate and Tidore, whence merchants bring 
 
 Their spicy drugs ; they, on the trading flood, 640 
 
 Through the wide Ethiopian to the Cape» . 
 
 Ply stemming nightly toward the pole : so seem'd 
 
 Far o£P the flying fiend. At last appear 
 
 Hell lK>unds, high reaching to the horrid roof, 
 
 And thrice threefold the gates ; three folds were brass, 645 
 
 Three iron, three of adamantine rock 
 
 Impenetrable, impaled with circling fire, 
 
 Yet un consumed. Before the gates there sat 
 
 On either side a formidable shape ; 
 
 The one seem'd woman to the waist, and fair ; 650 
 
 But ended foul in many a scaly fold 
 
 Voluminous and vast ; a serpent arm'd 
 
 With mortal sting ; about her middle round 
 
 A cry of hell-hounds never-ceasing bark'd 
 
 With wide Cerberean mouths full loud, and run;^ 6fi5 
 
 A hideous peal ; yet, when they list, would crcop, 
 
 If aught disturbed their noise, into her womb. 
 
 And kennel there ; yet there still bask'd and howl'd 
 
 Within unseen. Far less abhorr'd than these 
 
 Vex'd Scylla, bathing in the sea that parts 660 
 
 Calabria from the hoarse Trinacrian shore ; 
 
 Nor uglier follow the night-hag, when, call'd 
 
 In secret, riding through the air she comes. 
 
 Lured with the smell of infant blood, to dance 
 
 With Lapland witches, while the labouring moon 665 
 
 Eclipses at their charms. The other shape. 
 
 If shape it might be called that shape had none, 
 
 Distinguishable in member, joint, or limb ; 
 
 Or substance might be call'd that shadow seem'd, 
 
 For each seem'd either ; black it stood as night, 670 
 
 Fierce as ten Furies, terrible as hell. 
 
 And shook a dreadful dart ; what seem'd his head* 
 
 The likeness of a kingly crown had on 
 
 3 
 I 
 I 
 T 
 Ii 
 8 
 
30& !!• 
 
 640 
 
 615 
 
 650 
 
 655 
 
 BOOK ii.l 
 
 PARADIIE LOST. 
 
 Satan was now at hand, and from Iuh seat 
 The monster movinfj; onward came as fast 
 With horrid strides ; hell trembled as he strode. 
 The undaunted fiend what this might be admired, 
 Admired, not fear'd ; Ood and his Son except, 
 Cioatcil thing naught valued he, nor shunn'd ; 
 And with disdainful look th*:>s first began : 
 
 ' Whence, and what art thou, execrable shape, 
 That darest, though grim and terrible, advance 
 Thy miscreated front athwart my way 
 To yonder gates ? Through them I mean to pass, 
 That be assured, without leave ask'd of thee : 
 Retire, or taste thy folly, and learn by proof, 
 Hell-born, not to contend with spirits of heaven. 
 
 To whom the goblin full of wrath replied : 
 * Art thou that traitor-angcl, art thou he. 
 Who first broke peace in heaven, and faith, till then 
 Unbroken ; and in proud, rebellious arms. 
 Drew after him the third part of heaven's sons 
 Conjured against the Highest; for which both thou 
 And they, outcast from God, are here condemned 
 To waste eternal days in woe and pain ? 
 And reckon 'st thou thyself with spirits of heaven, 
 Hell-doomed, and breath'st defiance here and scorn, 
 \Vhere I reign king, and to enrage thee more. 
 Thy king and lord ? Back to thy punishment, 
 False fugitive, and to thy speed add wings, 
 Lest with a whip of scorpions I pursue 
 Thy lingering, or with one stroke of this dart 
 Strange horror seize thee, and pangs unfelt ta^fore.' 
 
 So spake the grisly terror, and in shape, 
 So speaking and so threatening, grew tenfold 
 More dreadful and deform. On the other side, 
 Incensed with indignation, Satan stood 
 Unterrified, and like a comet burn'd. 
 That fires the length of Ophiuchus huge 
 In the Arctic sky, and from his horrid hair 
 Shakes pestilence and war. Each at the head 
 
 675 
 
 680 
 
 685 
 
 690 
 
 695 
 
 700 
 
 705 
 
 710 
 
1 
 
 fi! 
 
 1 
 
 r, 
 
 ni 
 
 
 ■ .1 
 
 It ! 
 
 lil! 
 
 I- 
 
 94 
 
 PARADISR LOST. 
 
 [DooK n 
 
 Levell'd his deudiy aim : their fatal hands 
 
 No Hecoiid stroke intend ; and such a frown 
 
 ICach cast at the other, as wlien two black clouds. 
 
 With hcavcn'8 artillery fraught, come rattling on 71fi 
 
 Over the Caspian, then stcnd front to front, 
 
 Hovering a space, till winds the i^ignal blow 
 
 To join their dark encounter in mid air : 
 
 So frown'd the mighty combatants, that hell 
 
 Grew darker at their frown ; so match'd they stood) 720 
 
 For never Lut once more was either like 
 
 To meet so great a foe * and now great deeds 
 
 Had been achieved, whereof all hell had rung, 
 
 Had not the snaky sorceress, that sat 
 
 P'ust by hell-gate, and kept the fatal key, 725 
 
 Hisen, and with hideous outcry rush'd between. 
 
 • O father, what intends thy hand/ she critd, 
 * Against thy only son ? What fury, O son, 
 Possesses thee to bend that mortal dart 
 
 Against thy father's head ? and know'st for whom P 730 
 
 For him w ho sits above and laughs the while 
 At thee ordain'd his drudge, to execute 
 Whate'er his wrath, which he calU justice, bids; 
 His wrath, which one day will destroy ye both.' 
 
 She spake, and at her words the hellish pest 735 
 
 Forebore; then these to her Satan return'd : 
 
 ' So strange thy outcry, and thy words so strange, 
 Thou interposest, that my sudden hand, 
 Prevented, spares to tell thee yet by deeds 
 What it intends ; till tirst I know of thee, 740 
 
 What thing thou art thus double-form'd ; and why 
 In this infernal vale first met, thou call'st 
 Me father, and that phantasm call'st my son, 
 I know thee not, nor ever saw till now 
 Sight more detestable than him and thee.' 745 
 
 To whom thus the portress of hell-gate replied t 
 * Hast thou forgot me then, and do I seem 
 Now in thine eye so foul ? once deem'd so fair 
 In heaven, when at the assembly, and in sight 
 
 1 
 
ov n 
 
 BOOK IT.] 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 nA 
 
 720 
 
 725 
 
 730 
 
 736 
 
 766 
 
 Of all the Neraphim with thee combined 750 
 
 In bold conspiracy Bf;:ain8t heaven's King, 
 
 All on a sudden miserable pain 
 
 Surprised thee, dim thine eyes, and dizzy swnm 
 
 In darkness, while thy head flames thick and fast 
 
 Threw forth ; till on the left side opening wide, 755 
 
 Likest to thee in shape and countenance bright* 
 
 Then shining heavenly fair, a goddess arm'd, 
 
 Out of thy head I sprung ; amazement seized 
 
 All the host of heaven ; back they recoil'd afraid 
 
 At first, and call'd me Sin, and for a sign 7G0 
 
 Portentous held me; but familiar grown, 
 
 1 pleased, and with attractive graces won 
 
 The most averse, thee chiefly, who full oft 
 
 Thyself in me thy f'^'f t image viewing, 
 
 Becamest enamour'd and such joy thou took'st 
 
 With me in se let, that my womb conceived 
 
 A growing burden. Meanwhile war arose, 
 
 And fields were fought in heaven ; wherein remain*cl 
 
 (For what could else ?) to our Almighty Foe 
 
 Clear victory ; to our part loss and rout, 770 
 
 Through all the empyrean : down they fell. 
 
 Driven headlong from the pitch of heaven, down 
 
 Into this deep ; and in the general fall 
 
 I also : at which time this powerful key 
 
 Into my hand was given, with charge to keep 775 
 
 1'hese gates for ever shut, which none can pass 
 
 >Vithout my opening. Pensive here I sat 
 
 Alone ; but long I sat not, till my womb. 
 
 Pregnant by thee, and now excessive grown. 
 
 Prodigious motion felt, and rueful throes. 780 
 
 At last this odious offspring whom thou scest. 
 
 Thine own begotten, breaking violent way. 
 
 Tore through my entrails, that, with fear and pain 
 
 Distorted, all my nether shape thus grew 
 
 Transform'd : but he my inbred enemy 786 
 
 Forth issued, brandishing his fatal dart 
 
 Made to destroy. I fled and cried out, Death I 
 
]■' 
 
 fi 
 
 PARAT^ISE LOST. 
 
 [book il 
 
 Hell trembled at the hideous name, and 8i(rh'd 
 
 From all her caves, and back resounded, Death t 
 
 I fled ; but he pursued (though more, it seems, 700 
 
 Inflamed with lust than rogt), and, swifter far 
 
 Me overtook his mother all dismay'd, 
 
 And in embraces forcible and foul 
 
 Ingendcring with me, of that rape begot 
 
 These yelling monsters that with ceaseless cry 793 
 
 Surround me, as thou saw'st, hourly conceived 
 
 And hourly born, with sorrow infinite 
 
 To me ; for when they list, into the womb 
 
 That bred them they return, and howl and gnaw 
 
 My bowels, their repast ; then bursting forth 800 
 
 Afresh with conscious terrors vex me round, 
 
 That rest or intermission none I find. 
 
 Before mine eyes in opposition sits 
 
 Grim Death, my son and foe ; who sets them on, 
 
 And me his parent would full soon devour 805 
 
 For want of other prey, but that he knows 
 
 His end with mine involved ; and knows that I 
 
 Should pi'ove a bitter morsel, and his bane. 
 
 Whenever that shall be ; so fate pronounced. 
 
 But thou, O father, I forewarn thee, shun 8(0 
 
 His deadly arrow ; neither vainly hope 
 
 To be invulnerable in those bright arms, 
 
 Tliough temper'd heavenly ; for that mortal dint, 
 
 Save he who reigns above, none can resist.' 
 
 She finished ; and the subtle fiend his lore ^15 
 
 Soon learn'd, now milder, and thus answer'd smooth : 
 
 * Dear daughter, since thou elaim'st me for thy sire, 
 And my fair son here show'st me, the dear pledge 
 Of dalliance had with thee in heaven, and joys 
 Then sweet, now sad to mention, through dire change 620 
 Befallen us, unforeseen, unthought of, know, 
 I come no enemy, but to set free 
 From out this dark and dismal house of pain 
 Both him and thee, and all the heavenly host 
 Of spirits, that, in our just pretences arm'd, 825 
 
IK IL 
 
 BOOK II.l 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 m 
 
 700 
 
 795 
 
 800 
 
 805 
 
 810 
 
 fr15 
 
 igo 
 
 820 
 
 Fell with us from on high : from them I go f 
 
 This uncouth errand sole ; and one for all 
 
 Myself expose, with lonely steps to tread 
 
 The unsounded deep, and through the void immense 
 
 To search with wandering quest a place foretold 830 
 
 Should be, and, by concurring signs, ere now 
 
 Created vast and round, a place of bliss 
 
 In the purlieus of heaven, and therein placed 
 
 A race of upstart creatures, to supply 
 
 Perhaps our vacant room ; though more removed, 835 
 
 Lest heaven, surcharged with potent multitude. 
 
 Might hap to move new broils. Be this or aught 
 
 Than this more secret now designed, I haste 
 
 To know ; and, this once known, shall soon return, 
 
 And bring ye to the place where thou and Death 840 
 
 Shall dwell at ease, and up and down unseen 
 
 Wing silently the buxom air embalm'd 
 
 With odours ; there ye shall be fed and fill'd 
 
 Immeasurably ; all things shall be your prey.* 
 
 He ceased, for both seem'd highly pleased, and Death **45 
 
 Grinn'd horrible a ghastly smile, to hear 
 
 His famine should be fill'd ; and bless'd his maw 
 
 Destined to that good hour ; no less rejoiced 
 
 His mother bad, and thus bespake her sire : 
 
 * The key of this infernal pit by due, 850 
 
 And by command of heaven's all-powerful King, 
 I keep, by him forbidden to unlock 
 These adamantine gates ; against all force 
 Dentil ready stands to interpose his dart, 
 Fearless to be o'ermatch'd by living might. 855 
 
 But what owe I to his commands above 
 Who hates me, and hath hither thrust me down 
 Into this gloom of Tartarus profound, 
 To sit in hateful office here confined, 
 
 Inhabitant of heaven, and heavenly-bom, 860 
 
 Here, in perpetual agony and pain, 
 ^Vith terrors and with clamours compass'd round 
 Of mine own brood, that on my bowels feed Y 
 
 < t 
 
ft'' 
 
 l;f.'l! 
 
 Hk-i 
 
 I. 
 
 28 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [BOOK II. 
 
 Thou art my father, thou my author, thou 
 
 My being gavcst me; whom should I obey 86ff 
 
 But thee ? whom follow ? Thou wilt bring me soon 
 
 To that new world of light and bliss, among 
 
 The gods who live at ease, where I shall reiga 
 
 At thy right hand voluptuous, as beseems 
 
 Thy daughter, and thy darling, without end.' 870 
 
 Thus saying, from her side the fatal key, 
 Sad instrument of all our woe, she took ; 
 And, towards the gate rolling her bestial train, 
 Forthwith the huge portcullis high up-drew, 
 Which, but herself, not all the Stygian powers 875 
 
 Could once have moved ; then in the key-hole turns 
 The intricate wards, and every bolt and bar 
 Of massy iron or solid rock with ease 
 Unfastens. On a sudden open fly 
 
 With impetuous recoil and jarring sound 869 
 
 The infernal doors, and on their hinges grate 
 Harsh thunder, that the lowest bottom shook 
 Of Erebus. She open'd, but to shut 
 Excell'd her power ; the gates wide open stood. 
 That with extended wings a banner'd host, 885 
 
 Under spread ensigns marching, might pass through 
 With horse and chariots rank'd in loose array ; 
 So wide they stood, and like a furnace-mouth 
 Cast forth redounding smoke and ruddy flame. 
 Before their eyes in sudden view appear 890 
 
 The secrets of the hoary deep ; a dark 
 Illimitable ocean without bound, 
 Without dimension, where length, breadth, and height, 
 And time, and plice, are lost ; where eldest Night 
 And Chaos, ance&tors of Nature, hold 895 
 
 Eternal anarchy, & midst the noise 
 Of endless wars, ai;d by confusion stand. 
 Fcr Hot, Cold, Moist, and Dry, four champions fierce. 
 Strive here for mastery, and to battle bring 
 Their embryon atoms ; they around the flag 900 
 
 Of each his faction, in their several clans, 
 
BOOK II.J 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Li<^ht-arm'd or heavy, sharp, smooth, swift, or sloWf 
 
 Swarm populous, unnumber'd as the sands 
 
 Of Barua or Gyrene's torrid soil. 
 
 Levied to side with warring winds and poise, 905 
 
 Their lighter wings. To whom these most adhere, 
 
 H^ rules a moment : Ohaos umpire sits, 
 
 And by decision more embroils the fray 
 
 By which he reigns : next him high arbiter 
 
 Chance governs all. Into this wild abyss, 910 
 
 The womb of Nature, and perhaps her grave, 
 
 Of neither sea, nor shore, nor air, nor fire. 
 
 But all these in their pregnant causes niix'd 
 
 Confus'dly, and which thus must ever fight. 
 
 Unless the Almighty Maker them ordain 915 
 
 His dark matcriali< to create more worlds : 
 
 Into this wild abyss the wary fiend 
 
 Stood on the brink of hell, and look'd awhile. 
 
 Pondering his voyage ; for no narrow frith 
 
 He had to cross. Nor was his ear less peal'd 920 
 
 With noises loud and ruinous (to compare 
 
 Great things with small), than when Bellona storms. 
 
 With all her battering engines bent to rase 
 
 Some capital city ; or less than if this frame 
 
 Of heaven were falling, and these elements 925 
 
 In mutiny had from her axle torn 
 
 The stedfast earth. At last his sail-broad vans 
 
 He spreads for flight, end in the surging smoke 
 
 Uplifted spurns the ground ; thence many a league, 
 
 As in a cloudy chair, ascending rides 930 
 
 Audacious ; but, tliat seat soon failing, meets 
 
 A vast vacuity : all unawares 
 
 Fluttering his penons vain, plump down he drops 
 
 Ten thousand fathom deep ; and to this hour 
 
 Down had been falling, had not by ill chance 935 
 
 The strong rebuft' of some tumultuous cloud, 
 
 Instinct with fire and nitre, hurried him 
 
 As many miles aloft ; that fury staid, 
 
 Quench'd in a boggy syitis, neither sea, 
 
 ■i 
 
 If 
 
 ill 
 
 I 
 
 v\ 
 
 m 
 
m-:i 
 
 it 
 
 80 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [BOOK n. 
 
 Nor good dry land : nigh founder'd on ho fares, 940 
 
 Trtadiiig the crude consistence, half on foot, 
 
 Half Hying ; behoves him now both oar and saiL 
 
 As when a gryphon through the wilderness 
 
 With winged course, o'er hill or nioory dale, 
 
 Pursues the Arimaspian, who by stealth 945 
 
 Hud from his wakeful custody purloin'd 
 
 The guarded gold : so eagerly the fiend 
 
 O'er bog, or steep, through straight, rough, dense, or rare, 
 
 With head, hands, wings, or feet, pursues his way, 
 
 And swims or sinks, or wades, or creeps, or tlies. 950 
 
 At length, a universal hubbub wild 
 
 Of stunning sounds, and voices all confused, 
 
 Borne through the hollow dark, assaults his car 
 
 With loudest vehemence ; thither he plies, 
 
 Undaunted, to meet there whatever power 955 
 
 Or spirit of the nethermost abyss 
 
 Might in that noise reside, of whom to ask 
 
 Which way the nearest coast of darkness lies 
 
 Bordering on light ; when straight behold the throne 
 
 Of Chaos, and his dark pavilion spread 9ti0 
 
 Wide on the wasteful deep ; with him enthroned, 
 
 Sat sable-vested Night, eldest of things, 
 
 The consort of his reign ; and by them stood 
 
 Orcus and Ades, and the dreaded name 
 
 Of Demogorgon ! Rumour next and Chance, 965 
 
 And Tumult and Confusion all enibroil'd. 
 
 And Discord with a thousand various mouths. 
 
 To whom Satan turning boldly, thus : ♦ Ye powers 
 
 And spirits of this nethermost abyss. 
 
 Chaos and ancient Night, I come no spy, 970 
 
 With purpose to explore or to disturb 
 
 The secrets of your realm ; but, by constraint 
 
 Wandering this darksome desert, as my way 
 
 Lies through your spacious empire up to light, 
 
 Alone, and without guide, half lost, I seek 970 
 
 What readiest path leads where your gloomy bounds 
 
30K n. 
 
 940 
 
 
 945 
 
 aTC, 
 
 950 
 
 955 
 
 9G0 
 
 965 
 
 970 
 
 id9 
 
 BOOK 11.] 
 
 PARADISE LOST 
 
 81 
 
 Confine with heaven ; or if some other place, 
 
 From your dominion won, the ethereal King 
 
 Possesses hitely, thither to av:*ive 
 
 I travel this profound ; direct my course ; 
 
 Directed no mean recompense it brings 
 
 To your behoof, if I that region lost, 
 
 All usurpation thence expelFd, reduce 
 
 To her original darkness, and your sway 
 
 (Which is my present journey ),und once more 
 
 Erect the standard there of ancient Night : 
 
 Yours be the advantage all, mine the revenge.' 
 
 Thus Satan ; and him thus the Anarch old, 
 With faltering speech and visage incomposed, 
 Answcr'd ; * I know thee stranger, who thou art, 
 That mighty leading angel, who of late 
 Made head against heaven's King, though overthrown. 
 I saw and heard ; for such a numerous host 
 Fled not in silence through the frighted deep. 
 With ruin upon ruin, rout on rout. 
 Confusion worse confounded ; and heaven-gate 
 Pour'd out by millions her victorious ban 
 Pursuing. I upon my frontiers here 
 Keep residence ; if all I can will serve 
 That little which is left so to defend, 
 Encroach'd on still through your intestine broils 
 Weakening the sceptre of old Night : first hell. 
 Your dungeon, stretching far and wide beneath ; 
 Now lately heaven and earth, another world. 
 Hung o'er my realm, link'd in a golden chain 
 To that side heaven from whence your legions fell : 
 If that way be your walk, you have not far ; 
 So much the nearer danger ; go, and speed, 
 Havoc, and spoil, and ruin, are my gain.' 
 
 He ceased ; and Satan stay'd not to reply. 
 But, glad that now his sea should find a shore, 
 With fresh alacrity, and force renew'd, 
 Springs upwaH like a pyramid of fire, 
 
 980 
 
 985 
 
 990 
 
 99» 
 
 1000 
 
 1005 
 
 1010 
 
 i 
 
 iii 
 
 ■ , 
 
 :n 
 
!i ;- 
 
 I 
 
 ;!'-t 
 
 f i 
 
 ili I :i 
 
 92 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Into the wild expanse, and through the shock 
 Of fighting elements, on all sides round 
 Environ'd, wins his ways; harder beset 
 And more endangered, than when Argo pass'd 
 Through Bosporus, betwixt the jutting rocks: 
 Or when Ulysses on the larboard shunn'd 
 Charybdis, and by the other whirlpool steer'd, 
 So he with difRculty and labour hard 
 Moved on, with difficulty and labour he ; 
 But, he once pass'd, soon after, when man fell, 
 Strange alteration ! Sin and Death amain 
 Following his track, such was the will of Heaven, 
 Paved after him a broad and beaten way 
 Over the dark abyss, whose boiling gulf 
 Tamely endured a bridge of wondrous length, 
 From hell continued reaching the utmost orb 
 Of this frail world : by which the spirits perverse 
 With easy intercourse pass to and fro 
 To tempt or punish mortals, except whom 
 God and good angels guard by special grace. 
 But now at last the sacred influence 
 Of light appears, and from the walls of heaven 
 Shoots far into the bosom of dim Might, 
 A glimmering dawn : here nature first begins 
 Her farthest verge, and Chaos to retire, 
 As from her outmost works a broken foe, 
 With tumult less, and with less hostile din ; 
 That Satan with less toil, and now with case 
 Wafts on the calmer wave by dubious light, 
 And, like a weather-beaten vessel, holds 
 Gladly the port, though shrouds and tackle torn. 
 Or in the emptier waste, resembling air, 
 Weighs his spread wings, at leisure to behold 
 Far off the empyreal heaven, extended wide 
 In circuit, undetex'mined square or round. 
 With opal towers and battlements adorn'd 
 Of living sapphire, once his native seat: 
 
 [nooK II. 
 
 1015 
 
 1020 
 
 1025 
 
 1030 
 
 1035 
 
 1040 
 
 1015 
 
 1050 
 
BOOK II.] 
 
 FARADISE LOST. 
 
 And fast by, han^ng in a golden chain, 
 This pendent world, in bigness as a star 
 Of smallest magnitude, close by the moon. 
 Thither, full fraught with mischievous revenge, 
 Accursed, and in a cursed Uoui, he hiea 
 
 1055 
 
«% 
 
 \m 
 
 ^i-1 
 
 i . 
 
 W\ i 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 Ill 
 
 i, 2. Ormiu or Moi-muz is an island at the entrance of the Persian 
 Gulf. In the early part of the sixteenth century the Portuguese 
 took pt^ssesuion of it, and in their hands it became the emporium for 
 the trade between India and Persia and Mesoimtamia. The pojuila- 
 tioA of the chief town at that time amounted to 40,000. It was 
 wrested from the Portuguese in 1622 by Shah Abbas the Great. The 
 population at present is only between 300 and 400, who subsist by 
 fishing and trading in salt, of which the island contains considerable 
 quantities. 
 
 /. 3. Before where supply of the region. The clause where — gold 
 is an adjective clause attached to region understood. 
 
 It is not necessary to repeat the entire sentence on account of the 
 conjxmction or, because, as thus used, it does not involve an alter- 
 native, but is pretty much the same in force as and. Of Ormus, of 
 Ind, and of [the region] where, die., form attributive adjuncts of 
 wealth. {Or. 302, 4. An. 20, 4.) 
 
 /. 7. From is here equivalent to jiist after. Compare John xiiL 
 2, 4, " Supper being ended — he riseth from supper. " 
 
 I. 8. Beyond thus high must be treated as an adverbial expression 
 equivalent to heyond tfiia height. 
 
 I. 12. The adverbial clause, for I tve not heaven for lost (Or. 423. 
 An. 89), quahties the predicate of a cL-Aise understood, / call you 
 deities of Jieaven, or something of that kind. The adverbial clause 
 since no deep — vigor qualifies give^ and the adverbial clause though [it 
 be] oppressed and fallen qualifies can. 
 
 L 14 From this descent. Either from must be regarded as equiva- 
 lent to after, as it is in ^ 16, or else descent means depth to which we 
 have descended. 
 
h.e Persian 
 
 Portuguese 
 iporium for 
 Che popala- 
 30. It was 
 ]treat. The 
 ) subsist by 
 conskleiablo 
 
 where— gold 
 
 count of the 
 ve au alter- 
 )fOrmu8, of 
 adjuncts of 
 
 [re John xiii. 
 lal expression 
 
 I lost (Or. 423. 
 |)d, / call you 
 yerbial clause 
 lause though [it 
 
 led as equiva- 
 to which we 
 
 BOOR IT.] 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 M 
 
 I. 16. Than, Ae. An elliptical adverbial clause qualifyiog inor^. In 
 full, than fh^'ff would have appeared glunoua and dread from no fall. 
 For a full explanation of the construction of all such clauses see 
 Or. 549—564. An. 161—172. 
 
 I. 17. To fear, ko. An adverbial adjunct of trust {Or. 372, 2. 
 An. 31, 2.) 
 
 /. 18. Take me as tae object of a'eate in I. 19. Leader forms the 
 complement of the predicate f/n/ (T«ate. (Cr. 391. ^n. 50.) 
 
 I. 19. Before next re})eat thovijh, ai:d after merit repeat did create 
 me your leader. Both clauses are in the adverbial relation to Juith 
 established. 
 
 I. 21. Of merit forms an attributive adjunct to lohnt, which is used 
 here as a substantive pronoiui, the subject of hath been achieved. 
 (Or. 362, 4. An. 20. 4. Or. 147, 148.) 
 I. 23. After established rei)eat me. 
 I. 25. In heaven, au attributive adjunct of atate. 
 I. 27. Before w/iom supply him, the object (understood) of wiU 
 envy. (Or. 14i) 
 
 /. 28. Foremost constitutes a complement of the ])redicate exposes. 
 (Or. 391. An. 50.) In like mBkuner bultoark serves as complement 
 to stand. Before condemns repeat whom the hiffhest jdace. 
 
 I. 31. For lohich [we need] to strive. An elli[)tical adjective clause 
 qualifying (jood. 
 I. 33. None, &c. In full, for there is none in hell whose, &c. 
 ^.34. That, kc. This clause is very awkward. Grammatically it 
 is an adjective clause attached to none, t/iat being a relative pronoun. 
 But the sequence of ideas rather requires that we should have an 
 adverbial clause begiuiimg with the adverb tfuit, and co-ordinate with 
 the pieceeding aiiverb sa. (Or. 424, 528. An. 90, 133). In this 
 case we should have to supply a subject he. 
 
 I. 36. To union. An attributive adjunct of advantage. (Or. 
 362, 4. An. 20, 4.) [To] Jirm faith, and [to] firm accord, form similar 
 adjuncts. 
 
 /. 37. More is an adjective qualifying advantage. It is itself 
 qualified by the elliptical adverbial clause than [it] can be [much] in 
 heaven. See Or. 549, &c. An. 151, &c. 
 
 Surer to — us. An attributive adjunct of we. The adverbial clause 
 than prosperity could luive assured us, which qualifies the adjective 
 surer, is not elliptical. Assured is equivalent to made sure. 
 
 I. 40. In full, By what best ujay [we can claim our just intieritanct qf 
 oM] we now debate. Whether [toe can claim our just inheritance by waj/l 
 
 u 
 
 
: 
 
 5f« 
 
 PARADIflK LOST. 
 
 [BOOK n 
 
 of open war, we now debate ; or [whether we can daim our just hihcHt- 
 ancH hy way oj) covert guile, we now delmte. The clauses beginning 
 with whether are substantive clauses, <>V)ject8 of the verV) debate. 
 (Gr. 40;{, 4()(i. An. 73, 76.) Before who am.ly he. 
 
 I. 43. The name Molech means king or ruler. Molech or Milcom 
 was especially the national god of the Ammonites. To this god 
 children were sacrificed by Hre. The worship of Molech among the 
 Israelites was at least as old as the time of Solomon (1 Kings xi. 7), 
 if not older. Compare Jerem. vii. 31 ; Ezek. xvi. 21, xxiii. 37 ; 
 2 Kings xxiii. 13. 
 
 I. 46, &c. To be deemed, &c. Complement of the verb of incom- 
 plete predication wa^. 
 
 I. 47. Than be less. An elliptical adverbial clause attached to 
 rather, the force of which it qualifies and explains. In full, tlian {he 
 won Id soon] be less. See Gr. 560. An. 165. 
 L 53. After need repeat them. 
 
 Or when, &c. In full : Let those who need them contrive them when 
 they need tJtem ; let them not contrive them note. 
 
 I. 54. For shall the rest— sit, &c. The inteiTogative clause shall the 
 rest, &c. must be taken as the rhetorical equivalent of the rest vnist 
 not sit, &c., or something of that kind. If this were siibstituted, we 
 should get an adverbial clause which might be attached to the 
 predicate let [those] contrive. 
 I. 57. Before /or rei)eat shall the rest. 
 
 I. 59. Who reigns, &c., is an adjective clause attached to the sub' 
 stantive pronoun his. See Gr. 141. 
 
 I. 61. Anned toith hell Jtames and fury, all at once turning, &c. It 
 is not by any means so easy as it may seem at first sight, to assign a 
 deiinite grammatical construction for ai-med, all, and turning. It is 
 clear that they are not simple attributives of us, as they must be 
 attached closely in sense to the infinitive mood to force, and that has 
 no subject connected with it with which they might agreo. We 
 must look upon cases of this sort as instances of those anomalous 
 constructions which are to be found in all languages, in which the 
 connection of the ideas is more exact than the grammatical concate- 
 nation of the words. An infinitive mood retains a shade of the 
 attributive nature of a verb ; hence it implies something of which it 
 denotes an attribute, and so may be associated with other worda 
 whose attributive character is more strongly marked. 
 4 64 When to meet — thunder ; {when} for lightning \he shaJJ] «ee — • 
 
BOOK n 
 
 BOt^K II.] 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 a? 
 
 8t iuherU- 
 beginning 
 •b d<tf>ate. 
 
 »r Milcom 
 » this god 
 imong the 
 iHgs xi. 7), 
 xxiii. 37 ; 
 
 I of incom- 
 
 ittached to 
 ill, tluin [he 
 
 e them v.'^<^ 
 
 use shall the 
 the red mniat 
 Ltituted, we 
 ched to the 
 
 1(1 to the «tt6- 
 
 •ning, &c. I* 
 it, to assign a 
 trning. It is 
 they must be 
 and that haa 
 „ agreo. We 
 >se anoinaloui 
 , in which the 
 ttical concate- 
 shade of the 
 g of which it 
 other word* 
 
 • shall] Me • 
 
 angeU, aiul [when he sfiatt see] his throne—torments, are adverbial 
 Clauses of time attached to the participle turning. To meet — engine, 
 forms an attributive atljunct of thunder. (Or. 362, 4. An. 20, 4.) 
 For lightning is an adverbial adjunct of tlie jtarticiple sliot. 
 
 /. 71. To scale, &c. An adverbial adjunct of the adjectives diffi- 
 cult and steep. (Gr. 372, 2. An. 31, 2). 
 
 /. 72. Upright wing is a figurative expression for vpward flight. 
 I. 73. Verbs like bethink, remind, &c., have a rather peculiar 
 force. They are equivalent to wo^'e </«nfc, make remember, &c,, and 
 of the two objects which follow them, one is the object of the make, 
 and the other of the complementary infinitive which follows. Them 
 may l)e called the direct object of bethink, and the substantive clause 
 th(if. — seat the secondary object. 
 
 /. 73. Sleepy drench. An allusion to the Grecian fable of the effects 
 »f the stream Lethe. 
 Drench is a collateral form of drink. Compare stench and stink. 
 I. 75. Persons may still be met with who are not aware that those 
 iMvlies which rise in water and air, do so, in fact, through the in- 
 direct action of forces which pull downwards. Such bodies do not 
 me up, they are pushed up. 
 /. 77. Adverse, that is, contrary to our nature. 
 Who bid felt. For the explanation of this troublesome construction 
 see (Gr. 522, compared with 502-505.) 
 /. 79. Before pursited repeat when the fierce foe. 
 I. 80. With what — Imo. A substantive clause, the object of felty 
 (Gr. 406. An. 76.) 
 /. 82. Events, i. e. results. 
 
 Should we — stronger is an adverbial clause of condition, attached to 
 /nay. (Gr. 441. An. 93.) 
 
 /. 84. To our destruction. An attributive adjunct of way. (Or, 
 362,4. ^». 20, 4.) 
 /. 85. 7'o be worse destroyed. An attributive adjunct of fear. 
 I. 86. Than to dwell here [is bad]. An adverbial clause of degree^ 
 (|Ualifying worse. {Gr. 549, &c. An. 151, &c.) 
 Di wen, condemned. See note on I. 61. 
 
 I. 88. Where pain— penance. A compound adjective clause, 
 attached to deep. (Or. 408. An. 77.) 
 
 /. 90. When the scourge, &c. An adverl)ial clause of time, 
 qualifying exercise. After inexorable supply calls us to penatice. 
 
 I. 92. Than thus: that is, than [toe are] thus [destrayed]. An 
 «lliptical adverbial dause of degree qualifying more. 
 
M 
 
 ti 
 
 u 
 
 88 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [book II. 
 
 I. 94. What (like quid in Latin) here means why. Doubt means 
 
 hejtitate. 
 
 I. 96. The construction of this sentence is inexact. The or in 
 /. 99 shouUl be followed by another verb in the inlinitive, deiKMnling 
 on mil. As it stands, the sentence does not admit of strict analysis. 
 To render it susceptible of this, we may substitute, /or either thin, to 
 the height enraged, will quite consume us, &c, 
 
 I. 97. Happier far, kc. Here again the connection of the idtas is 
 more obvious than the granmiatical connection of the words. Before 
 happier we may 8upi>ly a lot; and to get anything that admits of 
 being reduced to analytical rules, we must still further expand it 
 into ; and this is a lot happier, &c. 
 
 I. 98. Than— being. An elliptical adverbial clause. After being 
 »\\)\)[y is happy. (Gr. 549, &c. An. \^A, kc.) 
 
 Respecting the constmction of miseralile, see note on I. 61. 
 
 I. 102. To disturb, &c. and to alarm, &e., are adverbial adjuncts of 
 sufficient. {Or. 372, 2. An. 31, 2.) 
 
 /. 104. Though \it w] inaccessible. An elliptical adverbial clause, 
 attached to sufficient. 
 
 I. lO.'). Which, &c. We cannot take this as an adjective clause 
 atttiched to any particular preceding substatUive. Treat which as 
 equivalent to and this. After if supply it be. 
 
 I. 108. To less tJian gods. That is, to beings leas than gods are 
 great. (Or. 649, &c. An. 161, *-o.) 
 
 /. 111. For dignity &ud for high exploit, axe adverbial adjuncts of 
 composed, which is the complement of the verb of incomplete predica- 
 tion seevied. (Or. 372, 2. An. 31, 2. Or. 391. ^n. 60.) 
 
 I. 114. To perplex, &c. An adverbial adjunct of make. 
 
 I. 115. For his thoughts — sloOiful. An adverbial clause of cause 
 attached to loas in I. 112. 
 
 I. 120. As [I am] not behind in hate. An adverbial clause of 
 cause attached to should be. (Or. 288. ) 
 
 What was urged, &c. An adjective clause used substantively, 
 that is, qualifying a demonstrative understood, which, if expressed, 
 would be the subject of did dissuade. (Or. 148.) 
 
 /. 121. Reason forms a complement to the predicate was urged, 
 {Gr. 391. An. 50.) 
 
 I. 123. Success : — that which succeeds or com£s after. 
 
 I. 124. When he — revenge. A compound adverbial clause, attached 
 to did seem. Fact is the same a»feat, which is the form in which we 
 have adopted the French /oti. 
 
BOOK 11« 
 
 iht meana 
 
 rhe or in 
 
 (leiH-'uding 
 ; analysis- 
 her thiti, to 
 
 ■Me idf as is 
 
 Is. Before 
 
 adniits of 
 
 expaiul it 
 
 After being 
 
 61. 
 adjuncts of 
 
 srbial clause, 
 
 ective clause 
 eat wh'u'h as 
 
 m goda are 
 
 BOOK 71.] 
 
 NOTM. 
 
 39 
 
 iial clause of 
 
 Substantively, 
 if expressed, 
 
 kte toaa urged. 
 
 [ause, attached 
 in wliich we 
 
 /. 125. Analyse this as if it ran, in that which he counsels ami in 
 thnf in which he excels. We then jnct two complex adverbial adjuncts 
 of grounds. 
 
 I. 127. After as we mn^t »\\Y\}\y It^e would ground his courage on. 
 Scop'i means that which is nivied at, 
 
 I. 128. After sonie dire revenge. An attributive adjunct of rfw«o/ji- 
 tion. {Ur. 3ti2, 4. An. 20, 4.) 
 
 /. 129. First what revenge. In fuU : Fird J ask wlmt revenge he 
 would take. 
 
 I. 130. Access: that is, wiy of approach. 
 
 I. 134. Could wc is equivalent to if tee could. Before at repeat if. 
 
 I. 142. Thus repidsed. Treat this as a nominative absolnte, tee 
 being thus repulsed, 
 
 I. 146. To be no more is in apposition to that, to which accord- 
 intily it forms an attributive adjunct. {Or. 362, 2. An. 20, 2.) 
 
 For who, Ac. This adverbial clause qualilics the pre<licate of a 
 Clause understood. / call it sad, or something of that sort. 
 
 I. 149. iSwallowed, — lost, — devoid. See note on /. 61. 
 
 /. 152. Let this be good. This is equivalent to the adverbial 
 clause, if we grant that this is good. 
 
 I. 153. Or will ever. In full, or who knows whether our angry foe 
 will ever give it ? 
 
 I. 157. A contracted sentence. First leave out or unaware ; then 
 repeat the whole, substituting unaware for thnmgh inpotence. 
 
 lmpotenr^ here means want of self-control, like the Latin ivipo- 
 tentia, 
 
 I. 160. We are decreed [to Vernal woe] ; [ We are] reserved [to 
 eternal woe] ; [ We are] destined to eternal woe ; whatever doing, wluii 
 can we suffer more ; and [ W/tatever doing], what can ice suffer worse, are 
 all quotations forming co-ordinate oljjects of say. (Or. .'i97.) 
 
 /. 162. Whatever doing. This is not a strictly grammatical con- 
 struction. It should be whatever we do : an adverbial clause of con- 
 cession attached to can. 
 
 I. 164 Supply we with the participles, and we being with in arms. 
 We then get three nominatives absolute, forming ailverbial afljuncts 
 to is. 
 
 I. 165. Whai. Supply was the state of tilings^ or something of that 
 kind. 
 
 Amain : ivith aU our might. Connected with the Anglo-Saxon 
 magan, to be able. 
 
 MS 
 
 s iil 
 

 i 
 
 i 
 
 ' fi-i 
 
 40 
 
 PAHADIPR I.OH'r. 
 
 fHOOK TI. 
 
 L IrtS. Hofoi-p u^h^n rppoftt. irAfi' joim <A»» ntnfr qf thing*. 
 
 i IT'V Aft»>r irfmt mipply ♦/•»// Ar ni/r «fafr. 
 
 f. \1*2. U<>l'(»io />/»/»;/( Hii|tply \fthvhrriithlhitt JircM, nufnkcd, nhouhl. 
 AUtM' rtc Hupply lohot will he ouv <VMr. /'Vom ahotv i« mi iiilv«>il)i(vl 
 Htljunct of jihtiulti ari)i. Sfu'tild iH'niji(>onM arm, in of oimiiho the 
 namo .'iH {f lYihjrtuu-f .shituhi nnn. 
 
 /. 171. UV/.r/. S.V nolo on /. 170. 
 
 /. !7«V Hor«»t>» //jf.v i'o|>i>(i<. (/", 
 
 /. 17s. Whili li'f /i()/)f7f'.v.v ritd. A (*oni[u)uii<l Htlvoi'liitil (ilauH<t of 
 
 \\\\U\ •AiituAu'd to Hhould »fiOH(. 
 
 I. 171'- Vu-^i l«'ivvo out (»• r.i7»f)r<»'Hf/ ; then repeat ilio wliolo I'l/iimn 
 »(7m7«* ?<v' whhltrinii.v, HiiltHtitttiing fj'hftrfiiitf for drMi'iinini/. 
 
 L IS'2. AftiM" or I'opoat trA>7r trp /»f'/7»»f/>.s ih,vifninif or rjfn>rfimf 
 gloriou.<> HV»r, coiuihl in n jivrii Irmpcst fhoil he : tluMi Hiiluiividn tlio 
 oIjujso intv> two ill (ho kjiiuo way iin tlio liiHt. 
 
 /^ ISl. Coinpjuv N'irgil .tun. i. 44, 4ft, wlion* Im> (hwrilum tho fate 
 of Ajax. tho HOW of (>iloim : — 
 
 llhun oxi iraiifom trAnniixo pootoro llanimaN 
 Turbine oori'ipnit, 80opnlo»pto inlixit ai'uto. 
 
 Tho .</)<>»•/, Ac Comjwn? Virgil ^ICn. vi. 740. Aliai paniliintnr 
 inanos »uspon«a> at! vontos. 
 
 \\'r<ui-iti<i ia uot tho tuiino as nii'lin;/, but iw a collftt(>raI form of 
 
 /. IS,'*. This ropotition of a noyativo a(lj«n"tivo is very common 
 in {Hn^try. Thus in book iii. il.'^l, wo have unprvveutedt imiinplorcd, 
 tifi.'iouifhL In Shaksporo (Uandet, Act /.), iinfioihtt'/'d, iuiaj>i>()iii(rd, 
 
 /, IvSG, Atfcs q/' hoi>d<^^ end^ That w^ offe^, the end o'wfiic/i iinot 
 to he hoped for. 
 
 /, 1S7. 8u b(H vide this sontiMuv.'usfoUo W8 :•- War thrnforc, oftrn, my 
 t»>(Y dmuodc.'i, for irhot (^infonr wilh hitiu War thcrfi'orc, concfnled, 
 t«,i/ f\)t'(Y di-'^uadcs, for trhnt i\yn tjitUc t(iV/» /hhj, ITar thrnfon', con- 
 ceiihd. m;f roii-r di.'isuadra, for who itin dfvn'ir his inind- view. 
 
 L llU. First leave out and drridcs, then roi)oat tho whoUi Houtonce 
 fft\thnn ffATivH\v hfijfhf — uiUn, substituting derides for ,^ee.i. (.'om- 
 prt-v PAihn ii. 4. '* Ho tliat sittoth in tho hoaven shall laugh ; the 
 Loni shall have thorn in liorision." 
 
 /. 19;i. After than supply he is. An adverbial clause of degree 
 qualifjnug and defining wjor*. (Or. 549, &o. An. l,')l.) 
 
 To rt'.«»,< &o., is an wlverbial adjunct of alniiijhty, and to/rustratf, 
 tc of iciic (Or. 372, 2. ^»». 31, 2.) 
 
 «*'. 
 
 «#.y 
 
 M 
 
fnooK II. 
 
 kcil, i*houtd. 
 tti twlvoibial 
 ouiiiHu the 
 
 lilil illrtUHO of 
 
 f. 
 
 or r.rlioi(imi 
 
 iilx'8 i\w fate 
 
 ii\) pantlnntur 
 trial V»'rm ol 
 vory common 
 
 oftrliick in not 
 
 [fore, oiK'ti, my 
 foir, coH('<'<tled, 
 
 thm-jon'., con- 
 
 view. 
 
 irh«>lo sonU'UCO 
 
 IftU laugli ; the 
 Luse of degree 
 
 Rook ii.^ 
 
 WOTR«. 
 
 41 
 
 t. 104. Kt/<» formn tliP of»m|»l*«mnnt of /f'wc. (f/r, 391. An. HO.) 
 
 l. I {Ml. Ill full, (AfiAf! \nr«\ hffl^r thon wor/ff. \nrf \fnntl,. J 
 
 /. nW. 1.1 full, itnd [niitae] </mni/>ofvtU Heeree, tim virhtr'it will \vidh 
 dui.% >m|. 
 
 /. MM). To Mi^fl'er, ho. TliiN coiifitiuf'tion in vmy IihimIi. AnnlyM 
 it «H if it wi'iT, (;»r drenijfh i/i mt ffreaf, to MiiJ/rr hm \if in ifrenf.] to lUi. 
 
 I. 'JJMK Siilmtitiit*' (for UfiiiiyniH) : And f/ir him in not unjuM, he. 
 
 I. 201. 't'/iifi iiuiM fit flint nHulrnl. 'I'liiit in, thin iiumlit /nine Ijpph f/tjirnt 
 rrnolveif. Milton iHiitat<<H tlio cotiiiiiori Iwitiri fvuiHtnirtioM, in which 
 in liy|)otlM>ti('ivl Nciitciict'R, ihc vorh of tlin (!onHO(|iir<tii clnuno in in the 
 iiitlirutivt' umknI, although that of tho liyiiothftical (;l(iiiHo in in the 
 RMlijiUH'tivi', in onltT to mark th»f aHHitiii»<l criiainty of thn conne- 
 «|U('ii('('. 'riiiiH (^icot'o, Mil. II. <^iio(l Hi it/i. |iii((i.HH«!t, cort<i optahi- 
 liuN Miloni i'liit <lai'» jugnhtni. Ami 2*2. (7iion nini maniimininiioi. 
 toi-nu'ntiH ctiam (h'dtmdi funiint. Hen Znmpt. /jftt. (Jr. 519. 
 
 /. 2(KI. Vcibn take ohjcctn iiftor tlu-m not \K'r.n\m: ihcy ar« verhfi, 
 hut lKH!aUH»< tlu'y (h'uot*! an action or feeling (lir('('t<'(l U> nnum ohjfrct. 
 Kor a nimilar loaHon many adJcctivcH tak«i olijr<<;tH aftt^r th(un, afe 
 IcaHt in tho Hlia|H) of Hubntautivo clauHCK. 
 
 /. 205. Jioforo/r«r ref)eat when thm; who fait thejiu 
 
 I. 200. To tndurtt exile, to tmdure iffnmniny, Ac, are [thraneft in 
 a|»|Mmiti<Mi to wh(U Uiey yvt know mnd follow. {Hen (Jr. H(i2, 2. An. 
 20,2.) 
 
 /. 20!). Whieli ij' we. rxm mrUiin and hear, in simply oquivalont to 
 and if we can mufniii and hear thin. It nhonhl n(»t Iw taken an an 
 adjective rhuiHo attached to doom, bci^aiinc the relative Ixjlongn to the 
 hypothetical (adverbial) (;laUHe introdu(^ed by {/) which in atta<;hed Ut 
 the verb may remit. 
 
 I. 211. And f)er/uip» {our mincme/oe] iiuiy mdminti, &,c. After 
 jH'ilutpti r<'peat if we can muttain ami hear thin. 
 
 I. 21.'{. With what w puninhed ; that in, vuth the puninhvient t/iat 
 //(/,<* heen injticted. 'i'liin in an imitation of the liatin neuter pannive, 
 but it in not good Englinh. 
 
 /. 2l.'i For w/ie»ce nulmtitut*'. f/W /t«;M.'e. Hee i. 209. 
 
 /. 210. In full. Our purer e/iHence, inure.d, wUl not feel theirnoxuma 
 va/)our. 
 
 I. 219. Familiar and imd (pialify the nubject of the sentence 
 essence, wliich must be reiKiated. 
 
 /. 221. Wliat hope. Analyse an if it were t/ud fu/pe which, 
 
 L 222. In full Besides that chance which the never-endinr/ Jlight qf 
 future days may I/ring^ btndes tluU chunye worth ufaitiny wkieh—-lning. 
 
jj^JTjng^gjI 
 
 ,ri 
 
 42 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Tbook II. 
 
 We thus get three prepositional phrases {Or. 372, 2. An. 31, 2L) 
 forming adverbial adjuncts, but their connection with what precedes 
 is very loose. They are connected with its general sense, rather than 
 with any particular verb. 
 
 /. 223. Waiting. Atoaiting would be more accurate. 
 
 6vnce — more woe. A compound adverbial sentence, qualifying 
 worth. The natural order of the words is somewhat inverted. Since 
 our prejient lot appears for ill, not worst, though for happy it is but ill. 
 For ill is an adverbial adjunct of worst, and for liappy of iU. If we 
 — woe is an adverbial clause attached to appears. 
 
 I. 22S. In full. He did not counsel peace, 
 
 I. 230. Before to regain repeat we war. 
 
 I. 234. To hope. An adverbial adjunct of vain. (Or. 372, 2. 
 An. 31, 2.) As is used in the sense of equally. The adjective vain, 
 which it qualifies, forms the complement of the predicate argues. (Gr. 
 391. An. 60.) 
 
 I. 235. For what, &c. An adverbial clause attached to argues. 
 
 I. 236. Unless — overpower. An adverbial clause attached to can he, 
 
 I. 237. [Thafl lie should relent. A substantive clause, the object of 
 tuppose. 
 
 Although grammatically the clause suppose — subjection is not con- 
 nected with what follows, yet the relation of ideas is the same as 
 though it began with if instead of suppose, and so formed an adver- 
 bial clause, attached to could stand and could receive. 
 
 I. 240. Before receive repeat with what eyes could we. 
 
 I. 241. To celebrate, &c., and to sing, &c., form attributive 
 adjuncts of laws. (Gr. 362, 4. An. 20, 4.) 
 
 I. 243. While — sovran, and [while] his altar — offerings, are adverbial 
 clauses which must be taken with each of the preceding predicates 
 could stand and could receive. 
 
 I. 244. Sovran is the proper mode of spelling this word. (Ital. 
 sovrano. ) The speUing sovereign has been introduced through a blun- 
 dering notion that the word was connected with reign. 
 
 Breathes. In this sense we are more familiar with the Latin M'ord 
 exhale. 
 
 I. 248. In worship, &c. An adverbial adjunct of spent. 
 
 I. 249. Whom we hale. An adjective clause, quaUfying him imder- 
 •tood. 
 
 I. 250. By force. An adverbial adjunct of impossible. By leave 
 obtained, an adverbial adjunct of unatxeptable. Both the adjectivM 
 qualify the object state. 
 
 Jii 
 
pp 
 
 BOOK n. 
 
 I. 31, 2.) 
 
 ; precedes 
 ther than 
 
 c[uali{ying 
 ed. Since 
 t w but UU 
 
 }r. 372, 2. 
 
 jctive vain, 
 rgues. {Gr. 
 
 argues. 
 id to can be. 
 ihe object of 
 
 ig not con- 
 ihe same aa 
 an adver- 
 
 attributiv* 
 
 ire adverbial 
 Ig predicatea 
 
 word. (/<oi. 
 [ougb a blun- 
 
 Latin word 
 
 Ig him under- 
 lie. By leave 
 le adjective* 
 
 BOOK II.] 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 48 
 
 I. 251. Though [it be\ in heaven. An adverbial clause attached to 
 the adjective unacceptable. 
 
 l. 254. Though [we live] in the vaM recess. An adverbial clause 
 attached to the predicate let. Free and accountable qualify us under- 
 stood in I. 253. 
 
 /. 258. In full : *' When [we can create] great things of small 
 [things], [when we can create] usefid [things] of hurtful [things] ; 
 [when we can create] proaj>erous [things] of adverse [things], and 
 [when], in what place soever [we be, we can] thrive under evil, and 
 [when in whatsoever place we be we can] work eai>e out of pain 
 through labour and endurance." 
 
 /. 265. His glory unobscured. A nominative absolute, forming ao 
 adverbial adjunct to reside. 
 
 I. 266. Before ufith repeat how oft heavenCs all-ruling Sire. 
 
 J67. From whence — hell. Au adjective clause, quaUfying dark- 
 nfo#o. Compare Psalm xviii. 1 1 ; xcvii. 2 ; Hevelation iv. 5. 
 
 I. 268. And heaven resembles hell. This clause is but loosely 
 attached to what precedes. Strictly it ought to be co-ordinate with 
 from whence — rage; but we get very little sense by the insertion 
 of from whence. It had better be taken as an independent sentence. 
 
 I. 269. As he [imitates] our darkness. An adverbial clause of 
 manner qualifying imitate. 
 
 I. 0.12,. Nor want — magnificence. First leave out or art, and then 
 repeat the whole, substituting art for skill. 
 
 I. 275. In full : these piercing fires may become as soft a^s they are 
 nou) severe. As they are now severe is an adverbial clause of degree 
 qualifying the as which qualifies soft. 
 
 I. 276. Our temper changed. A nominative absolute, forming an 
 adverbial adjunct to the predicate of each of the two last sentences. 
 
 /. 277. WhicJi, &c. See note on I. 105. 
 
 I. 278. The sensible qf pain : — so much of pain as is sensible, or 
 may be felt. 
 
 /. 279. After and repeat to. 
 
 I. 280. How in safety — of war. A verb takes an object after it, 
 because it denotes an action directed towards some object. But 
 adjectives, and even nouns, may have a similar force. See note on 
 L 203. Here the substantive clause How, &c., forms a sort of object 
 to counsel. 
 
 I. 282. And where. That is, and with regard of the place whert 
 we are. With regard, &c., forms an adverbial adjunct of compose. 
 What we are is an adjective clause qualifying thai understood. Set 
 Or. 148. What is the oomplement of the predicate are. {Or, 495. 
 An. 99.) 
 
 I 
 
 ;■ I j 
 
 i 
 
f?r* 
 
 :|i 
 
 II 
 
 91 11 
 111 
 
 M 
 
 >1 
 
 T I 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [book n. 
 
 i, 283. What I advise. An adjective clanae used substantively, 
 fhat is (in fact), qualifying that understood. 
 
 I. 284. The adverbial clause beginning with when goes on to 
 tempest. 
 
 I. 286. As when, &c. That is, aa [the mwmur is which is heard\ 
 %Dhen, &c. This adverbial clause goes down to tempest and qualifies sucli. 
 I. 287. Before now repeat whidi. 
 
 I. 288. Whose hark, &c. A compound adjective clause qualifying 
 men. First leave out or pinnace^ and then repeat the whole, substi- 
 tuting pinnace for bark. 
 Compare Virgil uEn. x. 96. 
 
 Cunctique fremebant 
 Gcelicolse assensu vario ; ceu flamina prima, 
 Gum deprensa fremunt silvis, et coeca volutant 
 Murmura, venturos nautis prodentia ventos. 
 {. 293. Than hell. In full : than they dreaded hell much, {Or. 
 649, &c. An. 151, &c.) 
 
 I. 296. To found — heaven. A complex attributive adjunct of 
 desire. [Or. 362, 4. An. 20, 4). 
 
 I. 299. Which, &c. That is, and when Beelzebub perceived this. 
 (See note on Z. 105, 277.) 
 
 /. 299. Beelzebub. The proper spelling of this word, where it 
 occurs in the New Testament, is Beelzehul. The people of Edom 
 worshipped Baiil under the name of Baal-zebub, or the Lord of Flies,* 
 just as in Elis sacrifices wero offered to Zeus apomyios, or Zeus, the 
 averterofjlies. (Pausan. v. 14, 1.) By way of expressing contempt 
 for idolatrous practices, the Jews in later times altered this name 
 into Baalzebul, or Beelzebul, which means the Lord of dung, and this 
 name seems to have been applied as an epithet to Satan, unless we 
 are to suppose, as some commentators do, that the Jews considered 
 Beelzebul as a separate personage, the leader or chief of the demons 
 so frequently mentioned by the evangelists. (See Matthew xii. 24, 
 &c. Luke xi. 15, &c. 
 
 Than whom. There is no grammatical principle on which this 
 objective case can be defended. Relative pronouns ought to obey the 
 same laws of construction as personal or demonstrative pronouns. 
 With a personal pronoun the sentence woiUd be, none sat higher than 
 he [sat high]. 
 
 I. 300. Satan except, equivalent to Satan excepted^ a nominative 
 absolute, forming an adverbial adjunct to the predicate. With this 
 dM«cription compare Homer II. iii 216. 
 
 • a Kings i. 3. 
 
[book n. 
 
 jstantively, 
 
 ^oea on to 
 
 'h is Iieard] 
 lalifies audi. 
 
 I qualifying 
 lole, Bubsti- 
 
 mucfu (Or. 
 
 adjunct of 
 
 rceived this. 
 
 I, where it 
 le of Edom 
 •d of Flies,* 
 )r Zeus, the 
 g contempt 
 
 this name 
 ng, and this 
 1, unless we 
 
 considered 
 the demons 
 kew xii. 24, 
 
 which this 
 to obey the 
 pronouns. 
 higher than 
 
 nominative 
 With this 
 
 BOOK II.] 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 45 
 
 I. 302. A pillar of state. Compare Co^a^. ii 9. "When James, 
 Cephas, and John, who seemed to be pillars, &c. Shakspere, "Henry 
 VI., Act i. "Brave peers of England, pillars of the state." 
 
 I. 305. Majestic, qualified by the elliptical adverbial clause 
 tlioutjh [it w<xs] in ruin, forms the complement of the predicate shone. 
 {Or. :i9l. An. 50.) 
 
 /, 308. As niglU, &c. In full : As nigJd is stUl, or as suinmer't 
 noontidi. air is still. Two adverbial clauses qualifying still. 
 
 I. 311. Or, &c. There can be no legitimate grammatical co-ordi ■ 
 nation between a vocative, or nominative of appellation, and an 
 interrogative sentence. 
 
 I. 312. Before he called repeat must we. 
 
 I. 313. For so, &c This complicated adverbial clause goes on to 
 the end of I. 328. It is attached to the predicate must in each of the 
 preceding sentences. 
 
 /. 314 To continue axidt. to build up, &c., may be taken as adver- 
 bial adjuncts of inclines. {Or. 372, 2. An. 31, 2.) 
 
 I. 316. Before knoiu repeat while we. 
 
 I. 317. Dungeon forms a complement to the predicate dooms. 
 {Or. 391. An. 50.) 
 
 ^ot our safe, &c. In full : A nd while we know not tluit the King of 
 heaven hath not doomed this place our safe retreat, &c. These adverbial 
 clauses beginning with while are attached to the predicate inclines. 
 
 I. 318. To live, &e. Au adverbial adjunct of Aa/Arfoomed. Exempt. 
 See note on /. 61. 
 
 /. 320. Banded. See note on /. 61. To remain— multitude. A 
 complex adverbial adjunct attached to hath doomed. The nucleus 
 of it consists of an intiuitive mood preceded by a preposition. {Or. 
 372, 2. An. 31, 2.) 
 
 I. 321. Though \we are] thus far removed. An adverbial clause 
 qualifying the predicate haifi doomed. Resjiecting reserved, see note 
 on /. 61. 
 
 I. 32.3. For he — heaven. This compound adverbial clause had 
 better be attached to hodh doomed in L 316. Be siire must be taken 
 as a separate pai'enthetical clause. 
 
 I. 324 First leave out or deptli, and then repeat the whole clause 
 for lie — heaven, substituting depth for Imght. 
 
 I. 328. As with his golden [sceptre fte rules] those in heaven. Aa 
 adverbial clause of manner, attached to will rule. 
 
 L 329. WhcU is hero an adverb, equivalent to tohy. See L 94. 
 
 m 
 
if .■ 
 
 i 
 
 ■W ' - 
 
 t ( ■■:i 
 
 46 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [BOOK II. 
 
 r ! 
 
 Hi m 
 
 I. 331. In full : Terms of pence yet none have been voucJutafed, or 
 terms of peace yet none have been sought. The clanse /or wfuU peace 
 will he — injlicled, miiat be attached to the predicate have been 
 vouchsafed, and the clause for what peace can we — suffering /eel to tho 
 predicate luith been sought. But custody, but stripes, and but punish- 
 ment, form adverbial adjuncts of v)ill be given. (Gr. 372, 2. An. 31, 
 2.) But is here a preposition. {Or. 282, note.) 
 
 I. 33(>. To our power is an attributive adjunct of liostUity and 
 hate. But hostility, but Jiate, but reluctance, and but revenge form 
 adverbial adjuncts of can. Though [it be^ slow is an adverbial clause 
 attached to plotting. 
 
 L 341. Want, that is, he vxinting. See Book I. 715. 
 
 /. 343. Assault, siege, and amiush, are co-ordinate objects of /ear. 
 The conjunction or here does not involve an alternative. 
 
 I. 344. After what supply shall we say, or something of that kind. 
 
 /. 349. To be created, &c. An attributive adjunct of race. 
 Though he be less in power and excellence is an adverbial clause quail- 
 tying /avoured. 
 
 I. 350. But is here superfluous. 
 
 I. 355. What creatures tliere inhabit, o/ wJutt mould they are ; oj 
 wluit substance they are ; how endued they are ; what their power is ; 
 where their weakness is ; hoto they may 6e attempted best ; i/ they may 
 he attempted l>est by/orce ; or if they may be attempted best by subtlety, 
 form a series of substantive (interrogative) clauses, the objects of 
 learn. 
 
 I. 365. To waste, &c., forms the subject of a predicate may he 
 achieved, understood. Supply the same predicate with each of the 
 infinitives that follow. 
 
 I. 3G7. 1/ \we can\ not drive. An adverbial clause attached to 
 the predicate may be achieved that has to be supplied for the subject 
 to seduce, &c. The adverbial clauses tliat tJieir God—/oe, and tJuU 
 their God with repenting hand may abolish his own works, are attaclied 
 to the same predicate. 
 
 I. 373 The adverbial clause wlien his darling — soon should be 
 rp'o'-jcd. vvith each of the predicates womW s»trpaa«, would interi'upty 
 ■.H-\ 'cl.' upraise. 
 
 !: , , In full : if to ait in darkness here, Jiatching vain empires, 
 ■'■ ^ - When if IB equivalent to wliether it introduces a substantive 
 
 I. 380. For whence — Creator. This adverbial clause should be 
 Attached to the predicate of a sentence that must be supplied ; — I sa^ 
 
kOOK II. 
 
 BOOI II.] 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 47 
 
 safed, or 
 ^uxt peace 
 am been 
 lel to the 
 t punish- 
 An. 31, 
 
 Uity and 
 nge form 
 ial clause 
 
 bs oifear, 
 
 hat kind. 
 
 of race, 
 
 use quali- 
 
 y are ; oj 
 \power is; 
 they may 
 y sulitlety, 
 objects of 
 
 ,e may be 
 ah. of the 
 
 tached to 
 le subject 
 and OuU 
 attached 
 
 Lhould be 
 yinterruptf 
 
 |)t empires, 
 kbstantive 
 
 khould be 
 
 first (leviaeU by Satan. The interrogative form w/ience &c. is used an 
 the rhetorical equivalent of from no source, &c. 
 
 /. 382. To confoundf Ac, and to mimjle and invohe, &c., form 
 attributive adjuncts of malice. (Gr. 362, i. An. 20, 4) 
 
 /. 390. Repeat have ye before jnded and resuhmi. 
 
 I. 394. Perhaps, &c. In full : which will perhaps Ufi us up to a 
 place in view, &c. 
 
 I. 395. Whence — Jieaven. An adjective clause qualifying place 
 understood. 
 
 /, 397. Or else, &c. The grammatical connection of the clause 
 requires us to repeat whence ive may, but though the general sense ia 
 j)lain enough, the sentence is very hawlily constnicted. We must 
 suppose it equivalent to whence we may nuiKe <y>ir way into so'ine mild 
 zone, and there dwell, &c. 
 
 /. 407. UncoxUh means unknown. In Anglo-Saxon vncufi, from 
 
 cunnan. {Or. Addemhi.) 
 
 I. 409. Arrive, in the sense of reach, is also used by Shakspere, 
 Julius Ccesar, Act i. Sc. 2 : 
 
 " But ere we could arrive the point proposed." 
 
 I. 411. Evasion literally means, making cne^s way out. 
 
 I. 413. The omission of the preposition o/ after the noun need ia 
 very harsh, and in fact ungramniatical. It would be equally improper 
 to take Iiad need as equivalent to would need. 
 
 I. 415. Supply the antecedent him before whom. 
 
 I. 417. This said. A nominative absolute, fonning an adverbial 
 adjunct to sat. 
 
 I, 418. Suspense forms the complement to the predicate held. 
 {Gr. 391. An. 50.) Suspense is here used quite legitimately as 
 an adjective, though it has since come to be used only as a 
 substautive. Who appeared to second the perilous attempt; who 
 appeared to oj^pose &c., who appeared to undertake the &c., are 
 three substantive clauses (Gr. 406. An. 76), in the objective relation 
 to aivaiting. 
 
 I. 425. Hardy forms the complement of the predicate could be 
 found. As to proffer, &c. In full : as [he would be hardy] to proffer 
 [alone tlie dreadfid voyage], or [as he would be hardy to] accept alone 
 the dreadful voyage. Two adverbial clauses qualifying the Sy , which 
 qualifies hardy. To proffer, &c., and to accept, &o., form adverbial 
 adjuncts of hardy, understood. {Or. 372, 2. An. 31, 2.) 
 
 I. 426. Till at last, &c. An adverbial clause of time, attached to 
 the predicate cwdd be found. 
 
 L 430. Empyreal Derived from the Greek en (in), and pyr (&«). 
 
1 
 I 
 
 m^ 
 
 - 
 
 (■ i 
 
 ^11 
 
 4R 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 i^BooK n. 
 
 Several of the ancient Greek and Roman phiUwophera held that the 
 ultimate principle of all things is fire, and that other matt rial sub 
 stances,— air, water, earth,— consist of this primary principle 
 
 m 
 
 vaiioua stages of condensation into grosser forms, and in turn admit 
 of being again rarefied into this primal element, the region of whii h 
 is beyond that of the air, in proximity to the sun and the other 
 heavenly bodies. This doctrine was proixjunded by Heraelitus, and 
 was adopted by the Stoics. Hence, empyreal means dLuated in the 
 reyion of fire, that is, in the aky, or fieaven. 
 
 I. 432. Though [we are] undismayed. An adverbial clause of 
 condition, attached to luUh seized. 
 
 Long is the way, Ac. Compare Virgil, jEn. vi. 128 : — 
 
 "Sed revocare gradum, superasque evadere ad auras, 
 Hoc opus, hie labor est." 
 l 436. Ninefold. So Virgil (J£n. vi. 439) says,— 
 
 "Novies Styx interfusa coercet." 
 Adamant ia anything excessively hard. The Greeks usually meant 
 gttel by it. It is the origin of the word diamond. 
 
 I. 438. Tlvere jmssed. A nominative absolute, forming an ad- 
 verbial adjunct to receives. If any pass [them] is an adverbial clause, 
 qualifying the participle passed. 
 
 I. 442. Into wluitever world. In full : iiito any world, whatever 
 world it may be, where whatever, &c., constitutes an adverbial clause 
 attached to escape ; and whatever is the complement of the predicate 
 may he understood. {Or. 530. An. 140. Or. 495, 509. An. 
 99,' 118.) 
 
 I. 444. 2^han unknown dangers [are great] ami [Ouin] a» (i. e. equally) 
 hard escape [is greai]. Two adverbial clauses of degree attached to 
 less. {Or. 649, &e. An. 151, &c.) 
 
 /. 448. In the sliape, &c. An attributive adjunct of aught, (Or. 
 862, 4. An. 20, 4.) 
 I. 450. From attempting. An adverbial adjunct of deter. 
 Wherefore, &c. A very involved and awkward sentence. There 
 are two principal co-ordinate sentences, Whe7'efore do I assume tl>£S€ 
 royalties, refusing to accept, &e. ; and Whfrefore do I not refuse to 
 reign, refusing to accept, &c. 
 
 l. 453. As of honour. An elliptical adverbial clause, co-ordinate 
 with the demonstrative a«, which qualiHes gfreo^. In full : as [7 arcept 
 a great sJuire] of honour. {Or. 548, &c., and note; p. 166, 15th ed. 
 An. p. 42. ) The second as is a connective or relative adverb, and 
 qualifiea great understood, just as the first <u qualifies great expressed. 
 (Or. 422, 64&) 
 
 
 f'\r 
 
[)OK 11. 
 
 BOOK n.] 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 40 
 
 liat the 
 al sub- 
 iple in 
 1 admit 
 
 I •wlii'h 
 le other 
 tus, :iikI 
 d in the 
 
 ilause of 
 
 lly meant 
 
 ,g an 
 
 ad- 
 
 »ial clause, 
 
 , whatever 
 ial clause 
 predicate 
 509. An. 
 
 e. equally) 
 Attached to 
 
 ighL {Or- 
 
 Ice. There 
 
 [smme tlieM 
 
 7t refuse to 
 
 [co-ordinate 
 \as [7 accept 
 
 i, 15tU ed. 
 
 Iverb, and 
 
 :exi 
 
 Due, &c. This adjective has no proper grammatical connection 
 with what precedes. It relates both to luitard and to lionmir. 
 
 I. 454. And m much, &c. These words cannot be brought within ' 
 the domain of any ordinary laws of Syntax. If wc were to ioave out 
 and and insert being, — so much more of /utzard beimj due to him, — M'e 
 might treat this as a nominatire absolute, forming au adverl)ial 
 adjunct, attached to due in t. 453. 
 
 /. 455. Ati he — dta. An adverbial clause co-ordinate with so. 
 As is in the adverbial relation to high. {Or. 422, .548.) 
 
 /. 457. Though [ye are] fallen. This adverbial clause is attached 
 to the noun terror, which is here used as an attributive adjunct. 
 Intend means here comddei' attentively. 
 
 I. 458. The clauses beginning with wital and if (in the sense of 
 whether) are substantive clauses in the objective relation to intend. 
 
 I. 460. If there be, &c. This compound sentence is contracted. 
 In full it is : Intend at Iioine if there be cure to respite the pain of this 
 ill mavsion. Intend cU liome if there be cliarm to respite the pain of 
 this ill mansion. Then rejKjat both these sentences with deceive 
 instead of respite ; and again with slack instead of deceive. 
 
 I. 4G7. Before prevented repeat thus saying tJve vwnarch. The 
 attributive adjunct prudent, with all that belongs to it, must be 
 attached to the subject in each sentence. 
 
 I. 468. Prudent here means being on his guard. The comjjound 
 adverbial clause lest — must earn had better be attached to prudent. 
 It might also be connected with the predicate prevented. 
 
 I. 469. Among the chief forms an attributive adjunct of others. 
 I. 470. Wlvat erst tfiey feared. An adjective clause used sub- 
 stantively, t. e., in fact, qualifying a demonstrative that^ understood. 
 (Or. 148.) 
 
 Erst is the superlative answering to the old comparative ere, mean- 
 ing sooner. 
 I. 471. Before so repeat le^ others. 
 
 fiit'o/s forms a complement to the predicate «<anrf. {Or. 391. An. 50.) 
 /. 474. Than, &c. In full : than [tfiey dreaded much\ his voice 
 forbidding. An adverbial clause of degree, qualifying more. 
 
 I. 476. The adverbial clause as [w] the sound — remote, qualities 
 was. 
 
 I. 479. Equal forms a complement to the predicate extol. As a 
 god : in full, — tiw [they would extol] a god. 
 
 I. 481. That for — his own [safety]. A substantive clause, the 
 object of praised. The entire clause, how much — his own, is lh« 
 object of ea^ess. 
 
 / 
 
k'T' 
 
 60 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [book TI. 
 
 Ill' 
 
 Hi 
 
 L 482. For neither — zeaL A complex adverbial sentence attached 
 to /ailed. The secondary adverbial clause, lest bad — zeal, qualities lose, 
 
 I. 485. Before close repeat which, and after zeal repeat excites. 
 Close here means crafty. It is a translation of the Greek pyknoH. 
 
 I. 488. The connective adverb cw qualifies the verbs revive, reitcw^ 
 and attest. The entire compound clause as when — irngs is in the 
 adverbial relation to rejoicing. It must be separated into three 
 distinct clauses, as the fields revive, as the birds their notes renew, 
 and as tfie bleating herds attest their joy, to the predicate of each of 
 wl^ich must be attached the adverbial clauses when from— face, 
 [«»//#«] the lowering — stiow, [when the lowering elements scowl o'er the 
 darkened landscape] shower, and if c/umce the radiant — beam; and 
 tlie adverbial clause that hill and valley rings, must, in addition, be 
 attached to the predicates renew and attest. 
 
 I. 498. Though [t/iey are] under — grace. An elliptical adverbial 
 clause qualifying disagree. 
 
 I. 499. God proclaiming peace. A nominative absolute, forming 
 an adverbial adjunct to live and levy. 
 
 I. 503. As if, &c. An elliptical clause. In full : a« [t/wy would 
 waste the earth] if, &c. The subordinate compound adverbial clause, 
 if— wait, qualifies the verb waste understood. 
 
 /. 508. Before seemed repeat their miglUy paramount. Antagonist 
 forms the complement of seemed. {Or. 391. An. 50.) 
 
 I. 509. Nor less, &c. That is, and [their mighty paramount seemed] 
 not less thxin fielCs dread emperor [is great] urith pomp supreme and 
 [wiUi] god-like imitated state. 
 
 I. 513. UmrenU That is, bristling. 
 
 I. 517. Akliemy. ]ji Milton's days alchemy, or chemistry, busied 
 itself chiefly with the attempt to transmute the baser metals into 
 gold. Alchemy is here used by a bold (not to say harsh) figure of 
 speech, for some metal, the result of alchemy. Critics say that this 
 is very poetical. 
 
 I. 518. Explained. That is, the meaning or purpose of the blast 
 of the trumpets is explained by a herald. 
 
 I. 521. In full : their minds being more at ease, and their minds 
 being somewJicU raised by false presumptuous hope. Two nominatives 
 absolute, forming adverbial adjimcts to disband and pursues. 
 
 I. 524. As inclination, &c. Separate into two adverbial clauses, 
 aa inclination leads him, or as sad choice leads him, and to the object 
 him in each clause attach perplexed, with all that belongs to it> 
 Perplexed must be taken as equivalent to considering in perplexity. 
 
OOK tl. 
 
 BOOK 11.] 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 61 
 
 attached 
 ties loM, 
 excites, 
 nos. 
 
 e, reiicWt 
 s in the 
 tto tliree 
 &s renew, 
 I each of 
 ym—face, 
 }l o'er the 
 am ; and 
 dltion, be 
 
 adverbial 
 
 3, forming 
 
 tltey would 
 jial clause, 
 
 Antagonist 
 
 trU seemed] 
 reme and 
 
 [try, busied 
 
 letals into 
 
 i) figure of 
 
 [y that this 
 
 [i the blast 
 
 ir minda 
 lominatives 
 
 lial clavises, 
 the object 
 
 |ongB to it, 
 perplexity. 
 
 Then the clauses where he may likeliest find, &c., and where he may 
 UKditst etUertain^ &c., fonn substantive clauses, the objects of a>»> 
 gi(leri}i(f. 
 
 L b'lS. The parts of this sentence should be thus pieced together : 
 part un the plain in swift race contend, part m the air sublime upon the 
 wing contend. Then bofA these sentences must be rej>eated with eac/i 
 of the adverbial clauses, as [men contended] at tfi« Olympian games, 
 and [as men contended] at the PyUiian fields. Compare Vir^jil, ^n. 
 VI. 642 :— 
 
 " Pars in gramineis exercent membra palsestris, 
 Contendunt ludo, et fulva luctantur arena : 
 Pars pedibus plaudunt choreas, et carmina dicunt," &c. 
 
 The four great national games of the Greeks were the Olynipia, 
 celebrated every four years in the plain of Olympia in Elis, in honour 
 of Zeus; the Pythia, celebrated at first every eight years, but 
 afterwards, every four years, near Delphi (anciently called Pytho), 
 in honour of Apollo, Artemis, and Leto, at firat under the manage- 
 ment of the Delphians, afterwards imder that of the Amphictyons ; 
 the Isthmia were held at the isthmus of Corinth, in honour of 
 Poseidon, twice in every Olympiad, under the presidency of the 
 Corinthians; the Nemea were held twice in each Olympiad, at 
 Nemea in Argolis, in honour of Zeus. For the details of these 
 solemnities the reader had bettei consult SmiUCs Dictionary of 
 Greek and Jioman Antiquities. 
 
 I. 531. Compare Horace, Od. I. 1, 4 : — 
 
 ** Metaque fervidia 
 Evitata rotis." 
 
 /. 532. Fronied, i, &, standing face to face. 
 
 I. 533. As when — hums. A compound elliptical adverbial clause, 
 attached to form. After as supply ojjposing forces meet, or some- 
 thing of that kind; to the predicate of which the clause when — buniH 
 must be attached. This last clause is compound. Supply iv/wn 
 before armies and before, and when the aery kniglds before couch. 
 Rej»eat wli^n before with feais of arms. 
 
 I. 538. Welkin is the cloud-covered sky. It is connected with the 
 German Wolken, ' clouds. ' Bums is here used in the same sense as 
 fervere in Virgil, Oeorg. i. 456 : — 
 
 " Onmia vento nimbis4^.>j videbis fervere." 
 
 I. 539. Typluxan. See Book I. 199. 
 
 L 542. As when, &c. The grammatical connection of this with 
 what precedes is very slight. Some clause must be supplied after 
 

 09 
 
 PARAPISR LOHT. 
 
 [book II, 
 
 as (ouch as rocks and trees were rent up), to the predicate of which 
 the clauHe when — nea may be attached. It would make the sentence 
 simpler if \v« omitted ivhe.n before Alcidea, and iuMorted it before 
 from, putting in he before felt, and omitting and beforo tore. As the 
 Mentcnce stands in the text we must re|)eat wfien AlcUlta before tore^ 
 and before Lichas. 
 
 Alciden, &c. Hercules was so called because his mother Ahimcna 
 was the wife of Amphitryon, the son of Alcu'us. But Hercules 
 claimed Zt'us as his father. Eurytus, king of (Echalia (a town 
 eitlier of Eubo'a or of Thessaly), had promised his daughter lole to 
 any one who conquered him in archery, but refused to surrender her 
 to Hercules, when the latter had won her. Hercides attacked 
 Qilchalia, slew Eurytus and his sons, and carried off lole. When 
 about to offer a sacrifice to celebrate his victory, he sent his at- 
 tendant, Lichas, for a white robe from home. His wife, Dejanira, 
 imbued this robe with a preparation of the blood of the centaiur 
 Nessus, whom Hercules had shot with a poisoned arrow, when he 
 was attempting to carry Dejanira off, and who directed her to use 
 his blood as a philtre, to preserve the love of her husband. Tha 
 venom with which the robe was iraliued soon attacked the body of 
 Hercules, and occasioned him such agony that in his frenzy he hurled 
 Lichas into the sea. Being unable to get rid of the robe, he erected 
 a pile of wood, on which he caused himself to be burnt to death. 
 
 L 560. By doom of battle forms an attributive adjunct to full. 
 
 I. 55L Before chance repeat, otJier^ complain that fate should entfiraU 
 free virtue to. 
 
 I. 556. For eloqiiencef &c. This adverbial clause must be attached 
 to the predicate of a sentence understood, / call it more sweet, or 
 something of that kind. The whole is parenthetical, and does not 
 enter into the construction of the main sentence. 
 
 /. 558. Before reasoned supply they or others, 
 
 I. 559. 0/ providence. B/cpeatthe prepof:*jijn before each of the 
 nouns that follow. We thus get a series of adverbial adjuncts to 
 reasoned. 
 
 I. 565. Vain wisdom all. The verb id<zs mu&t be supplied in order 
 to make a combination that admits of analysis. 
 
 /. 566. Before could supply this. 
 
 I. 567. Before anguish re^ieat yet u/ith a pleasing sorcery this could 
 charm ; and yet with this could before excite and arm^ 
 
 L 569. As withf ^ In full ; a« U uhmIU arm the brwst with triitk 
 
 ,,f i ii 
 
>0K 1U 
 
 BOOK II.] 
 
 N0TK8. 
 
 M 
 
 [ which 
 icntence 
 b before 
 Am the 
 ore tore, 
 
 Altuncna 
 Hercules 
 (a town 
 jr lole to 
 jnder her 
 attacked 
 >. Wheu 
 it his at- 
 Dcjauira, 
 le centaiir 
 , when he 
 her to WHO 
 and. Thd 
 Jie body of 
 r he hurled 
 he erected 
 death. 
 full, 
 uld entliraU 
 
 attached 
 re aweet, or 
 Id does not 
 
 leach of the 
 ladjunets to 
 
 lied in order 
 
 this could 
 
 I. 571. On hold adwnturt, and to discover^ &c, form adverbial 
 adjuncts of bend. 
 
 I. 672. lio fore (/"repeat to diWrn^er. 
 
 I. 576. Four in/ermd rivers. The ancient Greeks imagined th« 
 life of tlut departed in the unseen world lo be a shadowy and jr>yle88 
 retk'ction «»t" the life of the present. Accordingly they aHsigiu'd to 
 the unseen region of Bouls various features of any ordinary lan«lHca|>e, 
 — rocks, plains, meadows, rivers, trees, houses — or, at any rate, a 
 house (that of Hades). They seemed to have formed a more dctinite 
 idea of the rivers than of any other featiire of this subterranean 
 al)«)<le, and named five, which are here mentioned by Milton with 
 e[>ithets which explain the meaning of the significant Greek names. 
 ati/x is derived from atygeo (1 hate) ; Acheron from ticfiott (grief), and 
 rheo (flow) ; Cocytus, from coq/o (I bewail) ; PhUyefhon or Pyrij^hle- 
 ycthoiij from pyr (fire), and pMegetho (blaze) ; and Lethe is the word 
 letfie (forgotfulness). According to Homer {Od. x. 513), Pyriphle- 
 gethon ami Cocytus, of which 8tyx was a branch, discharged their 
 streams into Acheron. We also sometimes find Styx, or Acheron, 
 spoken of as being or forming a pool or marsh. The following 
 passages of Virgil should be compared : — jiiln. vi. 106 : 
 " Q.uando hie inferni janua regis 
 Dicitur, et tenebrosa palus Acheronte refuso." 
 
 Vt. 438 : 
 
 *' Tristique palus inamabilis unda, 
 Alligat, et novies Styx interfusa coercet.** 
 
 Vl. 549 : ** Mcenia lata videt, triplici circumdata muro ; 
 QusB rapidus flammis ambit torrentibus amnis 
 Tar-tareus Phlegethon, torquetque sonantia saxa." 
 
 Vi. 713: "Animse, quibus altera fato 
 
 Corpora debentur, Lethsei ad fiimiinis undam 
 Secures latices et longa oblivia potant." 
 
 In the conception of the early Greeks the abode or realm of Hades 
 was quite distinct from the profounder abyss of Tartarus, in which 
 the Titans were imprisoned by Zeus. To the Homeric Greek the 
 earth was a round flat disc, of considerable thickness, within which 
 was the realm of Hades, while heaven was the solid vault of the sky 
 above the earth, and Tartarus a corresponding inverted hemisi)here 
 beneath. In later times Tartarus was represented as a portion of the 
 realm of Hades. 
 
 I. 584. Ber watery labyrinth. Milton seems here to have jipplied 
 to LethA Virgil's description o£ Styx, mviea inter/vM, Supply ht 
 
 .1 
 
 I 
 
1 
 
 64 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [BOOK II. 
 
 WA 
 
 before who, and repeat whereof he who dnnks before forgets in I. 586. 
 The clause whereof— pain is an adjective clause attached to Lethe. 
 (Gr. 408. An. 77.) 
 
 I. 589. Which on frm land thaws not, [which] gatlters fieap, and 
 [which] eeems [the] ruin of [some] ancient pile, are three adjective 
 clauses attached to Jtail. 
 
 I. 591. After ice supply the verb lies. 
 
 I. 592. As that Set banian bog, &c., supply the predicate was 
 profound. The moraso here spoken of was situated between the 
 eastern angle of the Delta of Egypt and Mount Casius. It was 
 anciently much larger than at present, and formed the limit of 
 Egypt towards the ncrth-east. 
 
 /. 594. Milton here adopts the statement of Diodorus Siculus 
 (I. 30), who says that the army which Darius Ochus was leading to 
 the conquest of Egypt, was annihilated in this morass. But as we 
 find that this same army afterwards took some Egyptian towns, this 
 Btateiiient must be regarded as an exaggeration. 
 
 L 595. Frore means frosty. (Compare the German past participle 
 gefrwen.) So Virgil, Georg. u 93. "Boreas penetrabile frigus 
 adurat." 
 
 /. 600. We shall get the simplest construction if we supply they 
 are broug/d before from beds, &c. Hurried must be attached gram- 
 matically to they. Compare Shakspere, Measure for Maisure^ Act 
 HI, Scene I : — 
 
 " Ay, but to die, and go we know not where, 
 To lie in cold obstruction, and to rot ; 
 This sensible warm motion to become 
 A kneaded clod, and the delighted spirit 
 To bathe in fiery floods, or to reside 
 In thi'illing regions of thick-ribbed ice ; 
 To be imprisoned in the viewless winds, 
 And blown with restless violence round about 
 The pendant world," &c. 
 I. 604. Sound, i. e., strait or clkannel. 
 
 I. 606. First leave out and struggle, and then repeat the sentence, 
 substituting struggle for wish. 
 
 I. 609. And so near the brink. The grammatical connection of 
 this with what precedes is very loose. The best way is to supply 
 they being, so as to make a nominative absolute, which may be 
 attached as an adverbial adjunct to the predicates wit^ and 
 ttrvgyie. 
 
Lbook II, 
 
 s in I. 586. 
 i to Lethe. 
 
 ( heajj, and 
 e adjective 
 
 clicate was 
 etween the 
 IS. It was 
 he limit of 
 
 )ru8 Siculus 
 
 3 leading to 
 
 But as we 
 
 I towns, this 
 
 ist participle 
 labile frigua 
 
 supply they 
 ached gram- 
 (eamret Act 
 
 ;he sentence, 
 
 annection of 
 lis to supply 
 lich may be 
 Is w'uth aud 
 
 BOOR 11.] 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 65 
 
 I. 611. Medusa. Homer speaks of only one Gorgon, who was 
 one of the terrible phantoms of Hades (Od. xi. 633). Heaiod names 
 three, of whom Medusa was one. The Argive hero Perseus was 
 fabled to have cut off the head of Medusa whUe she was asleep, 
 making use of a mirror, to avoid looking directly at the monster, 
 the sight of whose face turned all beliolders to stone. He pre- 
 sented the head to Athene, who tixed it in her breastplate or 
 shield. 
 
 I. 613. Wight is a person or being. We find the corresponding 
 word, wicht, in the German BoseuicIU. 
 
 I. 614. Various stories were told of the [junishnjent of Tantalus 
 in the lower world, and of the offence for which he siilfered. The 
 popular one was, that in order to test the discriiuiuation of the gods he 
 invited them to a repast, and cut his son Pclojis in pieces, which he 
 boiled and placed before them. Demeter, who w.is abbor))*;d in grief 
 for the Toss of her daughter, incautiously ate one of the .shoulders. The 
 parts were put together again, and rcvivitiud by Uernies, and Demeter 
 supplied an ivory shoulder in i)lace of what she had consumed. 
 Another account was, that being admitted to the society of the gods, 
 he divulged their secrets. As to his punishment, some stories 
 represented a huge r(jck to be perpetually impending over bim and 
 tbxeatening to crush liini ; others spoke of his being tormented with 
 perpetual thirst, and [iluuged in a lake, the waters of which tied 
 from his lips when he atteujptod to taste them ; or of his seeing 
 delicious fruits hangu-.g within rcacn, which were wafted away when 
 he attempted to lOutk them. His imnio has given us the verb 
 tantalize. ^ 
 
 I. 617. Before ybu«</ repeat Iht odcenturou.'. bands. 
 
 I. 621. llei^at over with each of these uoui.s. \\'v 
 uf adverbial adjuncts of tlie predicate jm.Mtt.d 
 
 I. 622. Whlc/i, Hod — good. An .•vl'tjctivc »;iatue, 
 verse. Evil aud good lorm the ct'U'jueu.eni.-j of tLc piedicate 
 created. 
 
 U 624. l\cp'.'*t whe'-e bt-f».jp dcuth and tuiMre. W\' thus get 
 thi-ee other adjective clau>e» .•attached *o udiicfsc (Ur. 408. 
 An. Ti.) 
 
 I. 625. Repeat things with each of the adjoctivt-s. V orse than, 
 &c. In full : worse tfuin fuNes yet have jVnjned [l/iiii'js bad], or [than] 
 /tar has conceived [things bail]. Two adverbial clauses qualifying 
 worse. Than in each case qualifies bad understood. {Or. 540 &g., 
 aud note, p. 141. An. 150; note, p. 42.) 
 
 get a succession 
 
 qualifyujg u/u'- 
 
mm 
 
 ':h 
 
 66 
 
 PARADISE T.OST. 
 
 Lbook XL 
 
 I i 
 
 L 62& Compare Virgil, ^m. vi. 287 :— 
 
 "Bellua Lernae, 
 Horreudum stridens, Hatamisque armata CJum^rai 
 Gorgones, Harpyiaeque. " 
 
 Also, /. 576 :— 
 
 "Quinquaginta atris immanis hiatibus hydra." 
 The nine heads of the monstrous water- serpent (Hydra), slain by 
 Hercules, are multiplied by Virgil into fifty. 
 
 Chimcera. This fire-breathing monster, slain by Bellerophon, is 
 described by Homer as having the fore part of its body like a lion, 
 the hinder part like a dragon, and the middle hke a goat. 
 
 I. 630. Inflamed is an attributive adjunct of the subject Satan. 
 Repeat the subject with each of the verbs that follow. 
 
 I. 636. Between as and wheii insert a Jleet see ma. The whole 
 compound adverbial clause is co-orilitiate with the so which qualifies 
 seemed, in I. 642. The subordinate clause, when — drugs, is a^itachod 
 to the verb seems understood. 
 
 I. 637. Hatigs in (lie clovds. Most persons must have noticed the 
 seeming elevation of the line of the horizon when the sea is viewed 
 from a height. 
 
 I. 639. Ternate and Tidore are two of the Moluccas. 
 
 I. 640. They —pole. This sentence must be taken as a parenthesis. 
 It has no gi'ammati(?al connexion with what precedes. Trading 
 means "flowing in a regular tread or track." In old English writers 
 tlie word trade does not at all necessarily imply commerce. Spenser 
 speaks of the trade (i. e. track) of a wild boast. ITdall speaks of the 
 Jews being in the right trade of religion. In the Indian Ocean there 
 is a strong southerly cuneut. known as the Mozambique current, 
 running first from east to west past the northern extremity of 
 Madagascar, and then deflected soiithwavcls by the coast of Africa. 
 Cape Corrientes (the ctarents) takes its name from it. The trade 
 wi7id of the Indian Ocean would not carry a vessel southwards, but 
 rather to the north of west, and the Monsoons, north of the equator, 
 blow in (different seasons in opposite directions. Moreover, Milton 
 would hardly si>eak of a wind as a Jlood. 
 
 I. 642. Stemming. That is, directing the stem or prow of the 
 vessel. 
 
 I. 645. Before the gates Bupi)ly were or else appear. 
 
 I. 650. Repeat the one seemed be/ore fair. Foul may be taken as 
 compleujent of ended. Repeat in before a serpent. We thus get an 
 iMlverbial adjunct of ended. This description of Sin is made up of 
 
 :l 
 
OOK IL 
 
 slain by 
 
 )phon, ia 
 ie a lion, 
 
 ct Satan. 
 
 he whole 
 a qualities 
 3 attached 
 
 loticed the 
 is viewed 
 
 irenthesia. 
 Trading 
 ish writers 
 Spenser 
 aks of the 
 ;ean there 
 le cnrrei\t, 
 ;romity of 
 
 of Africa. 
 iThe trade 
 (wards, but 
 |ie equator, 
 
 rer, Milton 
 
 [ow of the 
 
 Le taken as 
 [ihus get an 
 U up of 
 
 BOOK II.] 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 67 
 
 that of Echidna, in Hesiod, half nymph and half serpent, and that of 
 Scylla in Ovid's " Metamorphoses," who, by the jealousy of Circe, 
 was changed from a beautifid nymph into a monster half woman, half 
 fish, with dogs howling around her. 
 
 l. 654. Cry means a pack. Shakspere sfwaks of a cry of curs. 
 
 I. 655. Cerberean. (See note on /. 575.) As Hades had a Iwuse in 
 the lower world, so he was provided with a /ujuse-dog, in the form of 
 the three-headed Cerberus. 
 
 L 659. After abJiorred supply creatures or hounds. Trinacria was 
 an ancient name of Sicily. Than these. In fuU: than these [were 
 abhorred.] 
 
 I. 665. ArLstophanes, in his comedy the "Clouds," mentions the 
 superstition that thet moon could be removed from the sky by the 
 iucantation of witches. Virgil {^n. i. 642) calls eclii>ses of the sun 
 labor es solis. 
 
 I. 666. The other xJuipe. This sentence is incomplete ; there is no 
 verb to which shai)e can be the subject. The simi)lest way is to 
 leave out the it in l. 670. 
 
 This description of Death is jiist.y celebrated as one of the grandest 
 in the whole poem. 
 
 I. 667. If sJutpe — either. This adverbial clause nnist be attached 
 to the predicate of a sentence supplied, / miy shape, or something of 
 the kind. The whole must be treated as a j>arenthesis. 
 
 I. 667. That shape Imd none — limb. The use of or com[>els us to 
 separate this for analysis into three sentences : — that shape had none 
 distinr/uishable in member; that shape had none distinguishable in 
 joint; that shape hid none distinguL-<hd>le in limb. All three are 
 adjective clauses qualifying the subject it. 
 
 I. 66J). In full : or if it migld be called substance t/tat seemed sluulow. 
 
 I. 670. For each seemed either. This clause is but loosely con- 
 nected with what precedes. It is inserted as though the preceding 
 sentence were, it was doubtful w/iether the shape slundd be called 
 substance or shadow, to the predicate of which it might then be 
 attached. 
 
 As niglit [is black]. An adverbial clause of degree qualifying 
 black. The connective adverb ow qualilies the adjective black under- 
 stocnL 
 
 I. 671. In full : Fierce [it stood] as ten furies [are fierce], tei^ribk W 
 stood] as liell [is terrible. ] 
 
 I. 672 Whai seemed his head. An adjective slausti uaed substaa* 
 lively. {Or. 148.) 
 
1 
 
 M. 
 
 68 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [BOOK n. 
 
 It ' t 
 
 I. 676. As /cut. That is, equally fast. The adverb ontoara must 
 be attached to the verb came. 
 
 I. 676. As is here used in the sense of whUe. 
 
 I. 677. What this might be. A substantive clause, the object of 
 fidmired. What is the complement of the verb of incomplete predica- 
 tion might be. (Compare Gr. 495. An. 99.) 
 
 I. 678. Ood and His Son, &c. This must be taken as the 
 rhetorical equivalent of he valued no created thing in the lead degree 
 except God and His Son. Where the adverbial expression except 
 God and His Son qualifies and limits the adjective of quantity no. 
 
 I. 679. Nor shunned. Repeat the whole of the preceding 
 sentence with the substitution of shunned, for valued in any 
 degree. 
 
 I. 682. Supply thm art before grim. First leave out and whai, 
 and then repeat the whole, substituting what for whence. 
 
 I. 685. That be assured is a parenthetical sentence. It would be 
 more correct to say 0/ that be assured. 
 
 I. 691. Before in proud repeat who. 
 
 I. 692. The third part (Compare Rev. xii. 3, 4.) "Behold a 
 great red dragon, and his tail drew the third part of the stars of 
 heaven, and cast them to the earth." 
 
 Conjured is used in the sense of the Latin conjuraii, sworn together, 
 banded together by an oath. 
 
 I. 693. For which, &c. This, though an adjective clause in form, 
 does not attach itself to any particular word in what precedes. Treat 
 for which as equivalent to and for this. 
 
 I. 698. Where I reign Mng. In its present form this must be 
 treated as an adverbial sentence, co-ordinate with the adverb here. 
 We shovJd get the relation of the ideas more exactly if we substituted 
 in this plac". in which I reign king. 
 
 And to enrage, &c. In full : and wJiere, I tell thee to enrage thee 
 more, ti,cit / reign thy lord and king. Supply go before back. 
 
 I. 705. Repeat the grisly terror before grew. 
 
 1. 710. In the Arctic sky. It is only when the celestial sphere is 
 divided into a northern and a southern half by the ecliptic that the 
 greater part of the constellation of Ophiuohus is in the northern 
 portion. The equator leaves the greater part in the southern. Be- 
 fore/row repeat that 
 
 2. 711. Among the prodigies portending the death of Ceesar, and 
 the consequent civil war, Virgil mentions (Georg. l 488) — 
 
 ^9C diri toties arsere cometob. 
 
OK n. 
 
 % must 
 
 iject of 
 tredica* 
 
 as the 
 5 degree 
 I except 
 J no. 
 receding 
 in any 
 
 id whaif 
 
 irould be 
 
 iehold a 
 stars of 
 
 bogether, 
 
 in form. 
 Treat 
 
 I must be 
 jrb here. 
 )stituted 
 
 \rage thee 
 
 phere is 
 that the 
 northern 
 Be- 
 
 BOOK II.] 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 km 
 
 isax. 
 
 and 
 
 I. 714. As when — mid air. An adverbial clause qualifying such. 
 After as supply tlie froum is, to the predicate of which the claiise 
 when ttoo, &,c., is attached. 
 
 I. 715. Battling forms a complement to the predicate come. 
 
 I. 716. Before then repeat w/ien two black clouds. 
 
 Front to front. An adverbial expression, partaking of the nature 
 of a nominative absolute. 
 
 I. 718. To join, &c. This forms an attributive adjunct to signal. 
 (Gr. 362, 4. An. 20, 4.) 
 
 I. 719. That— frown. An adverbial clause qualifying so. That is 
 itself a connective adverb qualifying grew. (Or. 528, 529. An. 
 133, 134.) 
 
 /. 721. BtU is here a preposition. But once (i. e. one time) mare is 
 an adverbial phrase qualifying and limiting never. 
 
 I. 726. After and repeat if the snaky sorceress tfiat scU—they had 
 not. 
 
 I. 729. To bend, &c. An adverbial adjunct of possesses. 
 
 I. 730. In full : and knowest thou for whom tliou bendest thai mortal 
 dart against thy father's head ? 
 
 I. 731. Before /or him repeat tJvou bendest Umt — head. 
 
 I. 734. In analysis leave out the repetition his vn-alJu 
 
 I. 731. Repeat the clause that my — my son in each of the sentences, 
 go strange [is] thy outcry, and thy words so strange thou interposest. 
 It qualifies the adverb so in each case. {Or. 528 An. 133.) 
 
 I. 741. Before why repeat till first I know of tliee. 
 
 I. 743. Before tfiat phantasm repeat till first I know of thee why 
 thou. The clauses beginning with why are substantive clauses, the 
 objects of the verb know. 
 
 I. 745. Than him andt thee. These objective cases can only be 
 explained by tilling up the clause thus : — than I see Uiee and him 
 detestable. The clause is adverbial, and qualifies more. {Or. 549, 
 &c. ; note on p. 166. An. 149, &c. ; note, p. 42.) 
 
 I. 749. The whole compound clause, ivhen at the— I sprang, is in 
 the adverbial relation to deemed. 
 
 I. 763. Repeat when before dim. Take the words thus :—when 
 thine eyes, dim and dizzy, swum in darkness. 
 
 I. 754. The adverbial clauses, while thy— forth, and tiU — / sprung, 
 qualify swwm. 
 
 I. 756. Likest, &c., shining, &c., and a goddess armed, are all 
 attributive adjuncts of /. This whole description is, of course, an 
 adaptation of the Greek legend of the birth of Minerva from ths 
 
■i ri 
 
 i 
 
 1 :; 
 
 i 1 
 
 f f 
 
 60 
 
 PAAADTSE LOST. 
 
 [book n. 
 
 head of Jupitei. The rest of the passage is based upon the idea 
 expressed in James i. 15: "Tl^en when hist hath conceived, it 
 bringeth forth sin ; and sin, when it is linished, bringeth forth 
 death." 
 
 I. 8()G. But is here a preposition governing the coraj)ound substan- 
 tive clause lluit lie knows — s/iall be, with which it forms an adverl)ial 
 adjunct to would devour. 
 
 He knows, &c. Expand thus : — he knows that his end is involved 
 toith mine. 
 
 I. 813. Before tempered insert they are. 
 
 I. 814. iSave lie, &c. This should be save him, &c., unless save be 
 regarded as an adjective, the same as safe, forming a nominative 
 absolute with the substantive that follows. Anyhow the whole 
 phrase save — above is 'n t^ adverbial relation to none, wliich it 
 qualifies and defines. {€l». . ;<>J.) 
 
 I. 817. The adve!bial clause since thou — unfhou;/ht of qualifies the 
 predicate of a clause unu( • 'too<' ' ccdl thes daughter, or something 
 equivalent. 
 
 I. 822. After but repeat know that I come. 
 
 I. 830. A place foretold sliould be. We can only make grannnar 
 of this by expanding it thus : — a place tvhich it was foretold should be, 
 where the entire clause which it tmis — be, is an adjective clause 
 qualifyiug place, while the secondary clause, which should be, is a 
 substantive clause, in ai)position to it, the subject of was foretold. 
 If a demonstrative pronoun were used instead of a relative, we could 
 insert the conjunction that : — it uxis foretold that tJuii should be. Tliia 
 is always the best way of testing the construction of an involved 
 clause containing a relative. 
 
 I. 833. And tiierein, &c. The construction is obscure. If and be 
 retained, we must repeat after it, to searcli witfi tvandering quest a 
 race of upstart creatures therein placed, &c. 
 
 /. 835. The compound clause, tf tough [tliei/ are] more removed — 
 broils, qualifies placed. 
 
 I. 837. In full : / haste to know whether tMs be now designed, or 
 whet/ier aughb were more secret than this \is sea'et] be now designed. 
 
 I. 840. Where thou — odours. A compound adjective clause 
 qualifying place. Before up repeat where tliou and Death shall. 
 
 I. 842. Buxom here has its original meaning yielding. It is 
 derived from the Anglo-Saxan bugan, to bend or yield, and answers 
 to the German biegsam. It afterwards came to me^in plump and 
 §t^i, and also complicaU. 
 
 I i 
 
ooK n. 
 
 BOOK TI.] 
 
 NOTR9. 
 
 61 
 
 ihe idea 
 iived, it 
 ill forth 
 
 siibstan- 
 tdverbial 
 
 involved 
 
 i save be 
 )nuuative 
 ne whole 
 which it 
 
 alifies the 
 something 
 
 i grammar 
 should be, 
 ive clause 
 I be, is a 
 foretold. 
 we could 
 be. This 
 iuvolved 
 
 If and be 
 iiuj quest a 
 
 removed — 
 
 lesiffued, or 
 signed. 
 ive clanse 
 sfialL 
 
 ng. It is 
 ad answers 
 plump and 
 
 I. 855. To be o'ennntched, &c., forms an adverbial adjunct to 
 /ear(e.ss. 
 
 I. 857. The adjective clauses who luiles me, and wlio hath— /ted, 
 qualify the substantive pronoun his. {Gr. 141.) 
 
 L 875. But herself forms an adverbial adjunct of not all, which is 
 used as equivalent to none of. 
 
 I. 877. The notion of turning the toards is inaccurate. The wards 
 belong to the lock, not to the key. 
 
 I. 882. Tluit shook, &c., is an adjective clause qualifying 
 tliunder. 
 
 I. 885. That with — arra]/. An adverbial clause denoting conse- 
 queuct!, attached to the predicate stood. Tluit is itself a connective 
 adverb qualifying pa5«. (6V. 528. An. \2>^.) 
 I. 892. After ocain repeat appears. 
 
 I. 893. Where length — are lost, is an .adjective clause qualifying 
 ocean. Height is here used, like the Latin altitudo, in the souse of 
 depth. 
 
 I. 894. The word Chaos means empty space, and that was the 
 earliest conception of what preceded the existence of the material 
 universe. Hesiod (Theogon. 116) says that Chaos existed first, then 
 the Earth and Tartarus, and Eros, that is, the generative principle. 
 Of Chaos were born or produced Erebus (darkness or gloom) and 
 Night. Jfight and Erebus were the parents of /Kther (bright or 
 blazing sky) and Day; and Earth gave birth to Heaven. Chaos 
 afterwards came to signify the aggregate of confused material 
 ehnnents out of which the universe was formed. Some spoke of 
 Night as the origin of aU things. Thus in one of the Orphic hymns 
 Night is addressed as the parent of gods, men, and all things The 
 philosopher Thales assumed ivater to be the origin of all things, that 
 is, he conceived the pi-imal elemental matter to be homogeneous and 
 fluid, but capable of passing into the various material forms of the 
 visible universe. Anaximenes considered air to be tJie primary form 
 of matter. Anaximander spoke of it more indefinitely as tJie infinite, 
 which he appears to have regarded as a mixture of heterogeneous but 
 unchangeable elements, which were arranged and organised by the 
 force of heat and cold and the affinities of the varioiis particles. 
 Anaxagoras was the first who arrived at the noble conception that 
 intelligence was the motive power which brought order into tl)e 
 chaotic mass. His theory was expressed in the dictum, "All things 
 were mixed up together; then intelligence arranged them." Em- 
 pedocles of Agrigentum first ]aid down the doctrine that the 
 
':■ 
 
 :| 
 
 ' ■,'/ 
 
 1. 
 
 62 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 [BOOK II. 
 
 j)rimary matter of the universe consisted of the four elements, fire, 
 air, eartli, and water, which were fashioned into the various objects 
 of visible nature by the oi)posite motive powers of attraction and 
 repulsion (or love and hate). Democritua of Abdera introduced the 
 conception that the primary matter of the universe consisted of 
 aUmiH, and this theory was adopted and developed by Epicurns. 
 Milton seems to have had before him a notable passage iu Ovid 
 {M eta 111. I. 5, &c.) : — 
 
 "Ante mare et terras et quod tegit omnia coRlnm, 
 Unus erat toto naturae vultus in orbe, 
 Qnem dixere Chaos, rudis indigestaque moles ; 
 Nee quidquam nisi pondus iners ; congestaque eodem 
 Non bene junctarum discordia semina rerum. 
 
 « • « • • 
 
 *' Sic erat instabilis tellus, innabilis unda, 
 Lucis egens aer ; nuUi sua forma manebat, 
 Obstabatque aliis aliud ; quia corpore in uno 
 Frigida pugnabant calidis, humentia siccis, 
 Mollia cum duris, sine pondere habentia pondu& 
 Hanc Deus et melior litem Natura diremit. " 
 But those among the ancients who accepted the idea of intelligence 
 or Divine power bringing chaos into order, still regarded the pn)ces3 
 as nothing more than an application of previously-existin'g and un- 
 alterable forces. It is only that philosophy which has been taught 
 by Revelation which has attained to an apprehension of the gi-aud 
 fact of creation, and traces in the laws and forces of nature the 
 expression of the will and wisdom of that Infinite Intelligence whose 
 "eternal power and Godhead are imderstood by the things that are 
 made." Compare with Milton's magnificent, but semi-Pagan descrip- 
 tion, the first chapter of Genesis. 
 
 I. 901. Of each Ms faction. This attempt to make a possessive of 
 eac/t is not admissible. It should be each around Oie flag of hi* 
 faction. (See Or. 73, note.) 
 
 I. 902. As the conjunction or does not here involve an alternative, 
 of which only one case can be true, all these adjectives may be taken 
 as co-ordinate attributive adjuncts of they. 
 
 I. 903. In full : unmiinbered as tfie sands of Barca [are un 
 numbered], or [unnumbered as the sands of] Oi/rene's torrid soil [art 
 unnumbered.] 
 L 905. Levied (from levare) here means raised up. 
 
 J 
 
OOK II. 
 
 BOOK IT,") 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 63 
 
 its, tire, 
 ; objects 
 ;ion aud 
 icecl the 
 jistetl of 
 lipicurus. 
 ia Ovid 
 
 itelligence 
 \e proceas 
 g aud un- 
 eu taught 
 the grand 
 atuve the 
 uce whose 
 s that are 
 m descrip- 
 
 ssessive of 
 ng of hi* 
 
 iternative, 
 be taken 
 
 [are un 
 soil [art 
 
 I. 906. To whom these most adhere. An adjective clause qualifying 
 the he that follows. 
 
 /. 912. In full : not composed (mixed) of sea, and not comjwsed of 
 shore, and not composed of air^ and not composed of Jire, hut composed 
 coiifusedbj of all these in their pregnant causes. The and in /. 214 is 
 superfluous, and prevents the proper connection of the adjective 
 clause which — worlds with these. 
 
 I. 917. In analysis leave out the repetition into this wild abyss. 
 
 Take the wary fiend stood on the brink of hell as a separate sentence, 
 and connect into this wild abyss, Sec, only with look\l ; otherwise 
 stood must be altered to^tanding, and and nuist be omitted. 
 
 /. 922. After than insert tJie ear is pealed. 
 
 I. 924. Or less than. In full : w was his ear less pealed t/ian the 
 ear would be pealed if this frame, &c. 
 
 /. 980. After cw supply lie wovld ride. Chair is the same as cliaise 
 or car. 
 
 I. 6.39. In full : that fury being quenched in a boggy syrtis which 
 was not sea and which was not good dry land. 
 
 I. 942. BeJioves, &c. A very awkward, not to say incorrect 
 expression. Read it behot^es him now to tise both oar and sail. This 
 was a proverbial expression in Latin. Thus Cicero (Tusc. m. II) 
 says :-— T'e^ra e7iim res est misera, detestubilis, omni contentione, vdis^ 
 ut ita dicam, renii^quefiigienda. 
 
 I. 94.3. After as suj)ply oar and sail are needed. 
 
 I. 945. The Arimaspians were a fabulous one-eyed race, dwelling 
 in Scythia, ever seeking to steal the gold which was guarded by the 
 gryphons, creatures half lion, half eagle. 
 
 I. 944. Or may here be taken as having much the same sense as 
 and: o'er hill, and o^ermoory dale are co-ordinate adverbial adjuncts 
 of pursues. The whole adverbial clause as when — gold is attached to 
 the adverb so, which qualifies eagerly. 
 
 I. 948. Respecting the force of or see note on I. 944. 
 
 I. 950. Each of these verbs makes a sei)arate sentence. Supply 
 the subject the fiend with each. 
 
 I. 956. First leave out or spirit, and then repeat the whole 
 sentence, substituting spirit for power. Whatever poiver had better 
 be treated, for the purpose of analysis, as equivalent to any power 
 which. 
 
 I. 959. When straight — deep. An adverbial clause qualifying 
 plies. BeJiold is the rhetorical equivalent of thei-e appeared. 
 
 L 965. Demogorgon was not a being known to the classical 
 
M 
 
 PARAmSK LOST. 
 
 I BOOK U. 
 
 inythologiats. It was a itiystcrioiis and awful power, terrible even 
 to gods, invoked in maj^ieal incantations. Later writers, such aa 
 Lucan (vi. 744), and Statins (Theb. iv. 514), refer to it. After 
 Rumour supply stood. 
 
 I. 971. With purpose, &c., must be taken as an attrilnitive 
 adjunct of spy. 
 
 I. 977. If some — lately. An adverbial clause attached to travel. 
 
 I. 981. Directed. That is, my course heiiui directed, a nominative 
 absolute, forming an adverbial adjunct of hrimjs. 
 
 I. 988. Anarch. This is rather a l)old coinage. Anarchy is the 
 absence of government. An anarch holdinrj ^way over chaos, is there- 
 fore a self-contradictory conception. 
 
 l. 990, This can only be reduced within the rules of analysis by 
 substituting / hiou? thee, I know ivho tliou art. 
 
 I. 991. Before thxtt insert thou art. 
 
 I. 992. Though [thou tvast] overthrown. An advei'bial clause of 
 concession attached to made. 
 
 I. 999. If all — Night. An adverbial clause attached to keep : — if 
 all [that^ I can [do] toill senje so to defend tJuit little which is left, 
 encroached on, &c. 
 
 /. 1003. After beneath supply encroached on my frontiers : and 
 repeat the -^ame predicate in the next sentence. 
 
 I. 1011. That noio — shorv. This maybe treated as an adverbial 
 clause qualifying the adjective glad. We should get much the same 
 sense if we substituted because for tJiat. 
 
 I. 1017. After than insert Argo was endangered. Argo was the 
 famous ship in which Jason and his companions, the Argonauts, 
 sailed to fetch the golden fleece from Colchis. 
 
 I. 1018. The justling rocks. These were the Cyanece or Syniple- 
 gades, two rocks at the entrance of the Thracian Bosphorus, which 
 are near to each other, and as a ship threads its way up the clianuel 
 seem alternately to approach to and to recede from one another. Hence 
 the fable that they were moveable, and closed upon and crushed any 
 ship that attempted to sail lietween them. 
 
 I. 1020. Charybdis. This celebrated whirlpool (called now the 
 Galofaro) is in the Sicilian Straits, near Messina. Its dangers were 
 not altogether imaginary, though very much exaggerated by the 
 timid navigators of ancient times. Milton seems here to speak of 
 Scylla as another whirlpool. This is a mistake. ScyUa or Scyllgeum 
 was a rocky promontory on the Italian coast, about fifteen miles N. 
 
BOOK n. f< fi"OR IT.*) 
 
 K0TR9. 
 
 65 
 
 iblc even 
 
 such as 
 
 t. After 
 
 ittributivo 
 
 ,0 travel. 
 lominative 
 
 rchy is the 
 )8, is there- 
 analysis hy 
 
 al clause of 
 
 to keep :—ir 
 vhich is left, 
 
 mtiers: and 
 
 an adverbial 
 ich the same 
 
 vgo was the 
 Argonauts, 
 
 or Syniple- 
 [horus, which 
 1» the channel 
 [)thcr. Hence 
 
 crushed any 
 
 of liJiegiuni, forming two small bays, one on each side. There is 
 absohitely no danger in sailing past it, and it is ditticult to understand 
 how it could ever have been regarded as a [K-nlous obstacle. This 
 rock was represented by the mytliologists aa the abode of the monster 
 Scylla {I. (560). In Homer {Od. xii. 8.5), Scylla is described as a 
 monster with twelve misshapen feet, six long necks, supporting 
 frightful heads, in the mouth of eacli of which were three rows of 
 teeth full of black death. The later form of the legend is mentioned 
 in the note on /. 660. 
 
 I. 1023. He once past. A nominative absolute, forming an ad- 
 verbial adjunct to paved. 
 
 I. 1032. Before 2ohovi supply the antecedent those. 
 
 I. 1039. As a broken foe [would retire] from her outmost works. 
 
 I. 1041. T/uit Satan, &c. This intricate adverbial clause, which 
 ends at /. 1053, is attached to the predicate begins in each of the 
 preceding sentences. 
 
 I. 1042. WujUs is here intransitive, equivalent io floats. 
 
 I. 1043. Holds the port is a translation of the Latin phrase occnpai 
 portum. 
 
 I. 1046. WeiyJis is a rendering of the Latin lU/rat, which rather 
 means balances. At leisure, &c., forms an adverbial adjunct to 
 weighs. To behold, &c., is an attributive adjunct to leisure. 
 
 I. 1048. In full : undetermined wfieUier it be square or tvhether it bt 
 round. 
 
 L 10.'>2. As a sttir, &c. Insert the predicate understood is big. 
 
 bed now the 
 langcvs were 
 [•ated by the 
 
 to speak of 
 , or Scyllseum 
 
 en miles N. 
 
\ 
 
 i 
 
 V 
 
 it! . i 
 
 Ar 
 
 I 
 
A LIST OF WOUDS USED TN OBSOLETE 
 OK UNUSUAL SENSES. 
 
 \ 
 
 Aeoess (aceesaus, acceilo), way by which approach may be made^ 
 
 (I. 13a) 
 Aoolaixn (acclamare), a shout raised at anything. {I. 520.) 
 Admire {admimri), to wonder. (/. 678.) 
 Adverse (adveraus), contrary to our proi)er nature. {I. 77.) 
 Afflictinar (flrj^jflro), dashing against. (/. 100.) 
 Ambrosial (afx^poiria 'the food o' the gods,' from dfxBpoTOi •immor- 
 
 *M,') like ambrosia. {I. 245. ) 
 Ar onist (di'Ta7w»i(rTi^$), one capable of wrestling against an 
 
 3rsary. (I. 609.) 
 Atiaixbean, like those of Atlas. Atlas was a mythological personage, 
 
 represented as bearing up the pillars which keep heaven aad 
 
 earth asunder, or as supporting the heavens on nis shoulders. 
 
 His name was iiubsequently localized in the mountain chain in 
 
 the north'West of Africa. (I. 306.) 
 Awful, full of awe — i.e., full of reverential respect. 
 
 Cease {ceaaare), to hesitate or delay. (Z. 159.) 
 
 Chair (carrua), chariot. (I. 930.) 
 
 Chairm, a. (carmen), a spell or incantation. (/. 266.) 
 
 Charm, v., to put under a spell, to bewitch or beguile. {I. 566.) 
 
 Compose {componSre), to arraTige or put together, to bring into good 
 
 order. (I. 280.) 
 Oompoaed {composittia)^ made up. {I. 111.) 
 Compulsion {compell^re), force exerted in driving. {I. 80. ) 
 Confine (cotifinia), to have the same boundary with. (L 977. ) 
 Conjecture {corjecturaf conjicio)^ anticipation as to the result of a 
 
 oourao of action. 
 I Conjured {:onjurare)^ bound together by oath. {I. 693.) 
 
 I Dash, to OTTerthrow. {I 114.) 
 Deform, a(^'. (ctt/brmw), shapeless, hideoiuk (4 706.) 
 
■"l! 
 
 ■--■'1 
 
 f 5 t^'^flF' ;n|[l 
 
 ; i 
 
 ■^ 
 
 u 
 
 68 A LIST OF WORDS USKD IN OBSOLETE OR UNUSUAL SJKNSXS. 
 
 Demur (demomri), doubt, hesitation. {I. 431 ) 
 Descent [dcscendtre), dej)tii to which we have fallen. (L 14.) 
 Detormiiio {de, termmun), to settle one's j)osition and limits. {I. 330. ) 
 Dimension {dimemio, dimttiri), extent that admits of being mea- 
 sured, {l. 8U3.) 
 
 Element {dementa, ' first principles '), a primary or sinijdc substance. 
 
 According to the notions lield in Milton's time, the term dements 
 
 was especially apphed to tire, air, eaitli, and water. 'Yh^demeM 
 
 of any living creature is that one of these four, in or on which 
 
 ^ it nat.ually lives, (i. 275.) 
 
 Empyreal [iixirvpos), dwelling in tlae region of fire, heavenly. See 
 Ethered (/. I.Ji). ' The empyrean ' (Z. 771), means 'heaven.' 
 
 Entertain, to amuse or beguile. (I. 520. ) 
 
 En and, in Anglo-Saxon, tere/i(/. Not from en*are. 
 
 Esfeatial [cMentia, modern Latin derivative frt>m esse), being, nature, 
 'This essential.' (/. 97.) 
 
 Et.iereal (idhereus, aldvp ' blazing heat '), belonging to the region of 
 uuther— i.e., to heaven. By cether, the ancients understood the 
 upper, pure, glowing air beyond the region of mists and clouds 
 (diip) ; a rare and iicry medium, in which the heavenly bodies 
 moved. {L 311, 978.) 
 
 Evasion {eiHisiOt evadcir), power of making one's way out. {I. 411.) 
 
 Event (eveiitus, tvenio), the itsult of a course of action. {/. 82.) 
 
 Excellence (excdlere), superiority in any quality, not merely supe- 
 riority in goodness. 
 
 Excursion (ex, cuirere), a hasty sally. [1. 396. ) 
 
 Exempt {exiinSre ' to take out '), removed to a distance, released or 
 delivered. (/. 318.) 
 
 Fact (/ac<«m), feat. French, ' iait.' (/. 124) 
 
 Fall, to happen (/. 203). Compare accidere (from ad and cadere *to 
 
 fall'). 
 Fame (/ai)ia), report. {I, .346. ) 
 Fatal (/a a^is, /a/«/>t), established by fate. (l. 104.) 
 Forgetful, causing forgetfulness. (/. 74.) 
 Foriorn, lost. German, 'verloren.' (/. (>15.) 
 Fraught, another form of the past participle of freight. (L 715.) 
 Fury (furor), madness. {I. 728.) 
 
 Horrent (horrere)^ bristling. (I. 513.) 
 Horrid {Jwrridus)^ bristling. {I. 710.) 
 
 Imag^inatlons {imago, imaginatio), plans, designs. 
 
 Impaled (in, palus, ' a stake '), enclosed. The word signifies properly, 
 
 ' enclosed with stakes,' or ' fixed on a stake.' (/. 047.) 
 Impendent (in, pendere), hanging over us. (/. 177.) 
 Impotanod (impotetUia, in, patens) want of self-control. {L 166.) 
 
3 
 
 INSSS. 
 
 14.) 
 
 ts. {I. 330.) 
 being mea- 
 
 c substance, 
 erni elements 
 The element 
 or on which 
 
 ivenly. See 
 ' heaven.' 
 
 eing, nature, 
 
 the region of 
 iideistood the 
 ts aud clouds 
 Eivenly bodies 
 
 aut. {I. 411.) 
 
 {l. 82.) 
 merely supe- 
 
 ;e, released or 
 
 iudca(ie?-e 'to 
 
 {L 715.) 
 
 lifies properly, 
 347.) 
 
 (i. 156.) 
 
 A LliST OF WORDS USED IN OBSOLETE OR UNUSUAL SJ^NSES. 69 
 
 Incensed {incemUre), kindled, fired. (L 707.) 
 
 Industrious {indinitna), beudiug one's energies towards some end. 
 
 (/. 116.) Ex industria, ' of set purpose.* 
 Inflame {inflammare), to blaze, (l. 581.) 
 
 Instinct (instiiufuh-e), goaded on, incited, or impelled, (J. 937.) 
 Intellectual (inteUiyere), ]i«^ssessed of understanding. {I. 147.) 
 Intend (iw, tendere), to direct the mind to any subject. (I. 457.) 
 Involve {involvere), to wrap up. {I. 384.) 
 
 Labouring- (/aftwarc), suffering disaster. (/. 665.) 
 
 Mansion {mansio, manere), a dwelling-place. {I. 462. ) 
 
 Need {l. 413), used apparently as an adjective ; ' to have need/ 
 being equivalent to the German phrase, ' noting haben.' 
 
 Obdtired {ohdurare), hardened. {I. 5G8, ) 
 
 Obscure {obscurus), dark, not easily .seen. {I. 132.) 
 
 O'erwatched, kept awake for an unusual or excessive lencth of time. 
 
 {l. 288.) 
 Ominous {omen, ominosns), full of tlireatenings of disaster, ' Omi- 
 nous conjecture' = anticipation of disaster. 
 Opinion (opinio), estimation, judgment. (I. 471.) 
 
 Palpable (palpare), that may be felt. * The pal['able obscure' = dark- 
 ness tliat may be felt. 
 
 Partial (2Mr«), taken up by a few only. {I. r)o\*. ) 
 
 Passion (passio, patior), suffering, the bein-^ allected by anything. 
 The opposite of this is apathy. {I. 564.) 
 
 Patience (patUntia), power of endurance. (/. 569.) 
 
 Pitch, the highest iioint (/. 772). Pitch is of the same origin as pike 
 and sjnke, and implies the acute angle formed by the meeting of 
 two lines or surf-wes in a point or edg<?. A high-pitched roof is a 
 roof with a high ridge. Hence the idea of elevation, which is 
 attached to the word pitch. Picea. * the pitch-pine,' is so called 
 from its form, and that of its leaves. The verbs pick and peck 
 are connected with the radical notion of point. 
 
 Policy {iroXiTtia), the action aud life of a settled state. {I. 297.) 
 
 Possess (possidere), seize upon. {II. 365, 979. ) 
 
 Presum.ptuous {prfKHuiaiti), taking too soon, or before proper per- 
 mission is given. (/. 522.) ' Presumptuous hope' = hope that is 
 directed to its object too soon. 
 
 [Pretence {pra>.tendire, 'to stretch in front'), a claim put forwards. 
 
 j (/. 825.) 
 
 Prime {primv^), foremost. (/. 423.) 
 
 Process {processtis, proccdere), advance. (/. 297.) 
 
 Prohibit {prchibere), to stop. (/. 437.) 
 
 jProne {pronus), bending low. {I. 478. ) 
 
m 
 
 II \ 
 
 70 
 
 LIST OF WOltDS USED IN OBSOLKTE OR UNUSUAL SENSES, 
 
 fl^ 
 
 I 
 
 
 I 
 
 Rare (rarua), thinly scattered ; the opposite of dense. {I. 948.) 
 Bedoundin^ {redundan), overflowing, spreading in billows beyond 
 
 the proper limits. {I. 889. ) 
 Reluctance (reluctarey 'to struggle against'), obstinate resistance. 
 
 (t. ou7. ) 
 Remit (remittere), relax. (1. 210.) 
 Revolutions (revohitio), revolving periods. (I. 597. ) 
 Ruinous {ruina^ ruo), crashing, as when a building falls suddenly. 
 
 (/. 921.) 
 
 Scope {(TKoirSs), a mark aimed at. {l. 127.) 
 
 Scowl, threaten with a scowling look. (/. 491.) 
 
 Specious {species, speciosus), having a noble or fair appearfc 
 (/. 484.) 
 
 Starve, to cause to perish by cold. The word is not necessarily con- 
 nected with the idea of hunger. German, ' sterben.' 
 
 Station (stafio), a body of troops on guard, {l. 412.) 
 
 Stygian, hellish. See note on /. 575. (I. 506. ) 
 
 Sublime (aubUmis), raised aloft. (I. 528. ) 
 
 Success {succedere), the result, good or bad, of a coarse of action. 
 (//. 9, 123.) 
 
 Suspense at//, (suftpensus), in suspense. {I. 418.) 
 
 Synod ((rivoSos), assembly. 
 
 Tartarean, belonging to Tartarus — 1.«., hell. {?. 69). 
 
 Temper (temperare, 'to mix in due proportion'), constitution. 
 
 {II. 218,276.) 
 Torrent (<orrere), scorching. (/. 681.) 
 Trading:, flowing in a regular tread or tract. (I. 640.) 
 
 "UncoMthi Anglo-Saxon, uncud), unknown. {II. 407, 827.) 
 Unessential, having no real being or substance. (/. 439.) Set 
 
 'essential.' 
 XJnexpert {expertus), inexperienced. {L 52.) 
 TJprigrht, bearing the body upwards. 
 
 Voluminous {volumen, volvo), having many rolls or folds. (/. 652.) 
 "Voyage, journey. {I. 426). Compare the French voyage. 
 
 Waft (instransitive)y to float on air, or any buoyant medium. 
 
 {I. 1046.) 
 Wasteful, full of empty wastes. {I. 961.) 
 Weign, to spread out in even balance. ' Weighs his spread win^' 
 
 (L 1046.) An imitation of the Latin librare. 
 
[. SENSES. 
 
 {I 948.) 
 illows beyond 
 
 lie resistance. 
 
 ills suddenly. 
 
 r appears 
 
 ?ces3ari]y con- 
 i.' 
 
 rse of action. 
 
 constitution. 
 
 27.) 
 
 (/. 439.) Set 
 
 els. {I. 652.) 
 ige. 
 
 ant medium, 
 ipread wings.'